QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this documentAs filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2004
Registration No. 333-
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
KANBAY INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | | 7371 (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) | | 36-4387594 (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
6400 Shafer Court, Suite 100
Rosemont, Illinois 60018
Phone: (847) 384-6100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
Raymond J. Spencer
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Kanbay International, Inc.
6400 Shafer Court, Suite 100
Rosemont, Illinois 60018
Phone: (847) 384-6100
Fax: (847) 385-0500
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to: |
Janet Smerling LeVee, Esq. Benjamin D. Kern, Esq. Gordon & Glickson LLC 444 North Michigan Avenue Chicago, Illinois 60611 Phone: (312) 321-1700 Fax: (312) 321-9324 | | Leland E. Hutchinson, Esq. Matthew F. Bergmann, Esq. Winston & Strawn LLP 35 West Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60601 Phone: (312) 558-5600 Fax: (312) 558-5700 | | Winthrop B. Conrad, Jr., Esq. Davis Polk & Wardwell 450 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10017 Phone: (212) 450-4890 Fax: (212) 450-3890 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
If this Form is to be a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
If the delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box: o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
Title of each class of securities to be registered
| | Proposed maximum aggregate offering price(1)
| | Amount of registration fee
|
---|
|
Common Stock, $.001 par value | | $115,000,000 | | $14,571 |
|
- (1)
- Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS | Subject to Completion | March 11, 2004 |
Shares

Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of shares of our common stock. No public market currently exists for our common stock. We are offering shares and a selling stockholder is offering shares of our common stock. We expect the public offering price to be between $ and $ per share. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any shares of our common stock sold by the selling stockholders.
We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "KBAY."
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in our common stock under "Risk factors" beginning on page 6 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
| | Per Share
| | Total
|
---|
|
---|
Public offering price | | $ | | | $ | |
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions | | $ | | | $ | |
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us | | $ | | | $ | |
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholder | | $ | | | $ | |
|
The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional shares of our common stock from us and from selling stockholders at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions will be $ , our total proceeds, before expenses, will be $ and the total proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders will be $ .
The underwriters are offering the common stock as set forth under "Underwriting." Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about , 2004.
| Janney Montgomery Scott LLC | |
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where those offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prospectus summary | 1 |
Risk factors | 6 |
Special note regarding forward-looking statements | 19 |
Industry data | 19 |
Use of proceeds | 20 |
Dividend policy | 20 |
Capitalization | 21 |
Dilution | 22 |
Selected historical consolidated financial data | 24 |
Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations | 26 |
Business | 40 |
Management | 55 |
Certain transactions | 66 |
Principal and selling stockholders | 68 |
Description of capital stock | 71 |
Shares eligible for future sale | 74 |
Certain material U.S. income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders | 76 |
Underwriting | 79 |
Legal matters | 83 |
Experts | 83 |
Where you can find more information | 83 |
Index to consolidated financial statements | F-1 |
Through and including , 2004 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), federal securities law may require all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
i
Prospectus summary
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including "Risk factors" and the financial statements, before making an investment decision.
In this prospectus, "Kanbay," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Kanbay International, Inc. and its subsidiaries. In this prospectus (except in the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus), all share amounts assume the underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised and give effect to the recapitalization of our capital stock that will take place immediately prior to the closing of this offering and a stock split of our common stock that will take place immediately following the recapitalization and immediately prior to the closing of this offering, except as otherwise indicated or where the context makes clear that the share amounts reflect historical information.
OUR BUSINESS
We are a global provider of information technology, or IT, services and solutions focused on the financial services industry. We combine technical expertise with deep industry knowledge to offer a broad suite of services, including business process and technology advice, software package selection and integration, application development, maintenance and support, network and system security and specialized services, through our global delivery model. Our three-tier global delivery model combines onsite client relationship teams, senior technical and industry experts at our offsite regional service centers and cost-effective global delivery centers in India. The three tiers of our global delivery model help us to provide our clients with value-enhancing solutions using a seamless, consistent and cost-effective client service approach.
We focus on the financial services industry and provide our services primarily to credit card issuers, commercial and retail lending institutions, securities and investment management firms and insurance companies. In providing our services, we utilize a wide array of technologies to develop customized solutions that address our clients' specific needs. As of December 31, 2003, Household International (and its affiliates within the HSBC Group), Morgan Stanley, CitiFinancial (an affiliate of Citigroup), Development Bank of Singapore, ABN-AMRO and Sun Life Financial were among our top clients.
We have operated our business since 1989 and are headquartered in suburban Chicago. We have operations and clients around the world, with regional offices located in eight countries and delivery centers in Pune and Hyderabad, India. From 1999 through 2003, our revenues grew from $44.2 million to $107.2 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of 24.8%. Our net income was $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.
OUR INDUSTRY
The role of IT has evolved from simply supporting business enterprises to enabling their expansion and transformation. As a result of the recent global economic downturn, companies are placing a greater emphasis on improving their return on IT investments and closely managing IT spending. To attain high-quality IT services at a lower cost, companies are turning to providers with offshore delivery capabilities. India has become the preferred destination for the provision of offshore IT services, offering high-quality and accelerated delivery, significant cost benefits and an abundance of skilled professionals.
The global financial services industry is currently faced with a number of challenges, including increased regulatory scrutiny, growing competition and ongoing domestic and international consolidation. As a result, providing rapid access to, and delivery of, real-time information and implementing solutions and processes that minimize system downtime are vital to the success of
1
financial institutions. However, providing these solutions and processes internally is often more costly and time-consuming than outsourcing these services. Consequently, financial institutions are looking externally for solutions that allow them to reduce costs and improve performance. Gartner, Inc., a provider of research and analysis on the global IT industry, estimates that total global IT services spending within the financial services industry will increase from $123.1 billion in 2003 to $154.3 billion in 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 5.8%. According to Gartner, the financial services industry will account for 21.2% of total global IT services spending from 2003 to 2007, the highest percentage of any single industry sector.
OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
We believe our competitive strengths include:
- –>
- Deep industry expertise. We have developed expertise in the financial services industry, with a specific focus on credit card issuers, commercial and retail lending institutions, securities and investment management firms and insurance companies. Our industry focus has enabled us to acquire a thorough understanding of our clients' business issues and applicable technologies, which allows us to deliver services and solutions tailored to each client's needs.
- –>
- Three-tier global delivery model. Our global delivery model allows us to provide each of our clients with a responsive and accessible relationship management team at the client's location, a readily available offsite team of technology and industry experts at one of our regional delivery centers and a cost-effective application development, maintenance and support team at one of our global delivery centers in India.
- –>
- Commitment to attracting, developing and retaining the highest quality employees. We believe we have established a business culture throughout Kanbay that enables us to attract and retain the best available industry talent. From 2001 to 2003, we retained an average of 90% of our employees. We believe that our high employee retention rate provides tangible benefits to our clients, such as low turnover on long-term engagements, retention of knowledge which can be applied to new projects, consistent quality and competent and responsive personnel.
- –>
- Long-term client relationships. We have long-standing relationships with many large, international companies within the financial services industry. Our ability to successfully deliver consistent, seamless solutions on a global basis combined with our deep knowledge of the financial services industry helps us expand the breadth and scope of our engagements with existing clients. We manage client relationships with our relationship development methodology, which helps us to migrate our clients over time from discrete initial engagements to longer-term, recurring projects.
- –>
- Scalable global business model. We believe that our three-tier global delivery model allows us to quickly engage new projects in order to rapidly meet client needs. Because of our financial services industry focus, we can rapidly deploy our project teams on new engagements located anywhere in the world.
OUR STRATEGY
In order to enhance our position as a global IT services provider focused on the financial services industry, we intend to:
- –>
- Diversify and develop our client base;
- –>
- Expand our service offerings and solutions;
- –>
- Deepen our financial services expertise;
- –>
- Continue to attract and retain highly skilled IT professionals; and
- –>
- Enhance our brand visibility.
Our principal executive office is located at 6400 Shafer Court, Suite 100, Rosemont, Illinois 60018, and our telephone number at that office is (847) 384-6100. Our website is located at www.kanbay.com. Information contained on our website is not part of this prospectus.
2
The offering
Common stock offered by us | | | | shares | |
Common stock offered by selling stockholder | | | | shares | |
| |
| |
Total | | | | shares | |
| |
| |
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering | | | | shares | |
Use of proceeds after expenses | | We estimate the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $ , or approximately $ if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full. We intend to use approximately $45 million of the net proceeds from this offering to construct a new delivery center in Hyderabad, India and to expand our delivery center in Pune, India and the balance for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See "Use of proceeds." |
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol | | KBAY | | | |
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:
- –>
- shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under our stock option plan and stock incentive plan at a weighted average exercise price of $ per share;
- –>
- shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $ per share; and
- –>
- shares of common stock available for future grants under our stock incentive plan.
In this prospectus (except in the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus), all share amounts:
- –>
- assume the underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised;
- –>
- give effect to the recapitalization of all outstanding shares of our capital stock into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and
- –>
- give effect to a stock split of our common stock immediately following the recapitalization and immediately prior to the closing of this offering;
except as otherwise indicated or where the context makes clear that the share amounts reflect historical information.
See "Risk factors" beginning on page 6 for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to buy our common stock.
3
Summary historical consolidated financial data
The following table presents summary historical consolidated financial data as of, and for the years ended, December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, which has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. You should read this information together with "Selected historical consolidated financial data," "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations," and our consolidated financial statements and related notes for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
| | Years ended December 31,
| |
---|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
| | 1999(1)
| | 2000
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | (in thousands, except per share amounts)
| |
---|
Net revenues | | $ | 44,206 | | $ | 59,815 | | $ | 69,654 | | $ | 82,589 | | $ | 107,153 | |
Cost of revenues | | | 25,220 | | | 34,526 | | | 39,786 | | | 46,977 | | | 58,675 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| Gross profit | | | 18,986 | | | 25,289 | | | 29,868 | | | 35,612 | | | 48,478 | |
Selling, general and administrative expenses | | | 21,985 | | | 30,279 | | | 28,587 | | | 28,185 | | | 35,492 | |
Depreciation and amortization | | | 1,362 | | | 2,171 | | | 2,437 | | | 2,682 | | | 3,308 | |
(Gain) loss on sale of fixed assets | | | 2 | | | (9 | ) | | 57 | | | 38 | | | 36 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| Income (loss) from operations | | | (4,363 | ) | | (7,152 | ) | | (1,213 | ) | | 4,707 | | | 9,642 | |
Other income (expense): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest expense and other, net | | | (67 | ) | | (839 | ) | | (218 | ) | | (332 | ) | | (347 | ) |
Equity in earnings of affiliate(2) | | | — | | | 29 | | | 842 | | | 2,272 | | | 2,097 | |
Loss on investment | | | — | | | — | | | (644 | ) | | — | | | — | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) before income taxes | | | (4,430 | ) | | (7,962 | ) | | (1,233 | ) | | 6,647 | | | 11,392 | |
Income tax expense (benefit) | | | (62 | ) | | (11 | ) | | 18 | | | 226 | | | 260 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change | | | (4,368 | ) | | (7,951 | ) | | (1,251 | ) | | 6,421 | | | 11,132 | |
Cumulative effect of accounting change(3) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (2,043 | ) | | — | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| Net income (loss) | | $ | (4,368 | ) | $ | (7,951 | ) | $ | (1,251 | ) | $ | 4,378 | | $ | 11,132 | |
Dividends on preferred stock | | | 608 | | | 610 | | | 608 | | | 608 | | | 608 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income available to common stockholders | | $ | (4,976 | ) | $ | (8,561 | ) | $ | (1,859 | ) | $ | 3,770 | | $ | 10,524 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) per share of common stock(4): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Basic | | | | | | | | $ | (0.17 | ) | $ | 0.34 | | $ | 0.96 | |
| Diluted | | | | | | | | $ | (0.17 | ) | $ | 0.28 | | $ | 0.71 | |
Average shares outstanding(4): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Basic | | | | | | | | | 10,997 | | | 10,997 | | | 11,001 | |
| Diluted | | | | | | | | | 10,997 | | | 15,734 | | | 15,585 | |
Pro forma income per share of common stock (unaudited)(5): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Basic | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Diluted | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding (unaudited)(5): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Basic | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Diluted | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
4
The following table presents a summary of our balance sheet as of December 31, 2003:
- –>
- on an actual basis;
- –>
- on a pro forma basis to give effect to the recapitalization of all outstanding shares of our capital stock into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and the stock split of our common stock immediately following the recapitalization and immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and
- –>
- on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the sale in this offering of shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
| | As of December 31, 2003
|
---|
Consolidated balance sheet data:
| | Actual
| | Pro forma
| | Pro forma as adjusted
|
---|
|
---|
| | (in thousands)
|
---|
Cash and cash equivalents | | $ | 17,419 | | $ | 17,419 | | |
Working capital | | | 12,618 | | | 12,618 | | |
Total assets | | | 63,875 | | | 63,875 | | |
Long-term debt | | | — | | | — | | |
Total stockholders' equity | | | 42,991 | | | 42,991 | | |
- (1)
- Reflects the results of Kanbay Australia Pty Ltd. from the date of its acquisition on October 29, 1999 for approximately $3 million in cash and stock.
- (2)
- On November 30, 2000, we acquired a 50.0% interest in SSS Holdings Corporation Limited (SSS) for 1,120,254 shares of Class A Common Stock valued at approximately $15.9 million. As of December 31, 2003, we owned approximately 49.1% of SSS. We account for SSS under the equity method of accounting.
- (3)
- Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." SFAS No. 142 does not permit goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets to be amortized. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, we recorded a non-cash charge of $2.0 million to reduce the carrying value of goodwill. This non-cash charge was recorded as a cumulative effect of an accounting change. If we had applied SFAS No. 142 retroactively as of January 1, 1999, our net income (loss) would have been $(4.3 million) in 1999, $(7.7 million) in 2000 and $172,000 in 2001.
- (4)
- For the period from January 1, 1999 through August 23, 2000, we operated as a Delaware limited liability company (LLC). On August 24, 2000, we converted from a LLC into a Delaware C corporation when all members exchanged their common and preferred units in the LLC for an equivalent number of shares of our common and preferred stock. Income (loss) per share of common stock and average shares outstanding is presented for the years during which we operated as a C corporation.
- (5)
- The pro forma basic and diluted per share data reflects the weighted effect of the assumed recapitalization of all of our outstanding capital stock into shares of our common stock that will take place immediately prior to the closing of this offering and a stock split of our common stock that will take place immediately following the recapitalization and immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
5
Risk factors
You should carefully consider the following risks and other information in this prospectus before you decide to buy our common stock. An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Our business, financial condition or operating results may suffer if any of the following risks is realized. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us may also adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. If any of these risks or uncertainties occurs, the trading price of our common stock could decline.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
Our revenues are highly dependent on a small number of clients, including a single client from whom we receive more than 50% of our revenues and which is also our largest stockholder, and the loss of any one of our major clients could significantly impact our business.
We have historically earned, and believe that in the future we will continue to earn, a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of clients. Household International, which is our largest client, owns approximately 27.7% of our capital stock and is our largest stockholder, accounted for 45.0%, 47.4% and 53.2% of our total revenues in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, which, in 2003, included revenues from its affiliates within the HSBC Group. Morgan Stanley, which is our second largest client and owns approximately 5.7% of our capital stock, accounted for 9.6%, 13.5% and 13.0% of our total revenues in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003. Our five largest clients together accounted for 70.7%, 74.7% and 80.7% of our total revenues in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003. If we were to lose Household International and HSBC, Morgan Stanley or one of our other major clients or have a major client cancel substantial projects or otherwise significantly reduce its volume of business with us, our revenues and profitability would be materially reduced.
A significant or prolonged economic downturn in, increased regulation of and restrictions imposed on the financial services industry may result in our clients reducing or postponing spending on the services we offer.
A significant portion of our revenues is derived from U.S. clients in the financial services industry, which is cyclical and recently experienced a significant downturn. In the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, approximately 71.3%, 79.1% and 82.4% of our revenues were derived from the United States. If economic conditions weaken, particularly in the U.S. financial services industry, our clients may reduce or postpone their IT spending significantly, which may in turn lower the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability. In addition to this economic downturn, there has been recent increased regulation of, and restrictions imposed on, financial services companies, which may negatively affect our clients and cause them to reduce their spending on the IT services we offer.
Our failure to anticipate rapid changes in technology may negatively impact demand for our services in the marketplace.
Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to develop and implement business and technology solutions that anticipate rapid and continuing changes in technology, industry standards and client preferences. We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these developments on a timely basis, which may negatively impact demand for our solutions in the marketplace. Also, products and technologies developed by our competitors may make our solutions noncompetitive or obsolete. Any
6
one or a combination of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain and successfully complete client engagements.
The IT services market is highly competitive, and our competitors have advantages that may allow them to better use economic incentives to secure contracts with our existing and prospective clients and attract skilled IT professionals.
The IT services market in which we operate includes a large number of participants and is highly competitive. Our primary competitors include:
- –>
- large consulting and other professional service firms, including Accenture, BearingPoint, Cap Gemini Ernst & Young and Deloitte & Touche;
- –>
- offshore IT service providers, including Cognizant Technology Solutions, Infosys Technologies and Wipro; and
- –>
- in-house IT departments.
The market in which we compete is experiencing rapid changes in its competitive landscape. Some of our competitors are large consulting firms or offshore IT service providers which have significant resources and financial capabilities combined with much larger numbers of IT professionals. Some of these competitors have gained access to public and private capital or have merged or consolidated with better capitalized partners, which has created and may in the future create larger and better capitalized competitors with superior abilities to compete for market share generally and for our existing and prospective clients. Our competitors may be better positioned to use significant economic incentives to secure contracts with our existing and prospective clients. These competitors may also be better able to compete for skilled professionals by offering them more attractive compensation or other incentives. In addition, one or more of our competitors may develop and implement methodologies that yield price reductions, superior productivity or enhanced quality that we are not able to match. Any of these circumstances would have an adverse effect on our revenues and profit margin.
We also expect additional competition from offshore IT service providers with current operations in other countries, such as China and the Philippines, where we do not have operations other than our regional service center in Hong Kong. These competitors may be able to offer services using business models that are more effective than ours.
If we cannot attract and retain highly skilled IT professionals, our ability to bid on and obtain new projects and continue to expand our business will be impaired.
Our ability to execute projects and obtain new clients depends largely on our ability to attract, train, motivate and retain highly skilled IT professionals, particularly project managers and other mid-level professionals. If we cannot hire and retain additional qualified personnel, our ability to bid on and obtain new projects and to continue to expand our business will be impaired and our revenues could decline. There is intense worldwide competition for IT professionals with the skills necessary to perform the services we offer. Given recent significant growth, we cannot give any assurances that we will be able to maintain historical employee retention rates. We may not be able to hire and retain enough skilled and experienced IT professionals to replace those who leave. In addition, we may not be able to redeploy and retrain our IT professionals to anticipate continuing changes in technology, evolving standards and changing client preferences. Our inability to attract and retain IT professionals would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
7
Negative public perception in the United States regarding offshore IT service providers and recently proposed federal legislation may adversely affect demand for our services.
Recently, many organizations and public figures have publicly expressed concerns about a perceived association between offshore IT service providers and the loss of jobs in the United States. Our clients may stop using our services to avoid any negative perception that may be associated with utilizing an offshore IT service provider. In addition, federal legislation has been proposed that, if enacted, may restrict U.S. companies from outsourcing their IT work to companies outside the United States. Certain U.S. states have enacted legislation that restricts governmental agencies from outsourcing their IT work to companies outside the United States. Although we currently do not have significant contracts with governmental entities in the United States, it is possible that U.S. private sector companies may in the future be restricted from outsourcing their IT work related to government contracts to offshore service providers. Any expansion of existing laws or the enactment of new legislation restricting offshore IT outsourcing may adversely impact our ability to do business in the United States, particularly if these changes are widespread.
If we do not effectively manage our anticipated rapid growth, we may not be able to develop or implement new systems, procedures and controls that are required to support our operations, market our services and manage our relationships with our clients.
Between January 1, 2001 and December 31, 2003, the number of our employees has grown from 912 to 2,323. We expect that we will continue to grow and our anticipated growth could place a significant strain on our ability to:
- –>
- recruit, train, motivate and retain highly skilled IT, marketing and management personnel;
- –>
- adhere to our high quality process execution standards;
- –>
- preserve our culture, values and entrepreneurial environment;
- –>
- develop and improve our internal administrative infrastructure and our financial, operational, communications and other internal systems; and
- –>
- maintain high levels of client satisfaction.
To manage this anticipated growth, we must implement and maintain proper operational and financial controls and systems in order to expand our services and employee base. Further, we will need to manage our relationships with various clients, vendors and other third parties. We cannot give any assurance that we will be able to develop and implement, on a timely basis, the systems, procedures and controls required to support our operations. Our future operating results will also depend on our ability to develop and maintain a successful marketing and sales organization despite our rapid growth. If we are unable to manage our growth, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.
We may face damage to our professional reputation and legal liability if our services do not meet our clients' expectations.
If a client is not satisfied with our services or products, including those of subcontractors we employ, it may damage our business. Moreover, if we fail to meet our contractual obligations, our clients may terminate their contracts, and we could face legal liabilities. Many of our engagements involve projects that are critical to the operations of our clients' businesses and provide them benefits that are difficult to quantify. Any failure in a client's project could result in a claim for substantial damages, regardless of our responsibility for such failure.
8
Although we maintain insurance that is designed to limit our exposure to legal claims relating to our services, such insurance may not protect us fully from all potential liability we may face. We cannot guarantee our general liability insurance coverage, including coverage for errors and omissions, will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms and in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims. In addition, our insurer could disclaim coverage as to any future claim. Our business could be adversely affected by the successful assertion of one or more large claims, premium increases, a denial of coverage and/or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements.
Our services may infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, which may subject us to legal liability, harm our reputation, prevent us from offering some services to our clients or distract management.
We cannot be sure that our services or the products of others that we offer to our clients do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties, and we may have infringement claims asserted against us or our clients. These claims may harm our reputation, distract management, cost us money and/or prevent us from offering some services to our clients. Historically, we have generally agreed to indemnify our clients for all expenses and liabilities resulting from claimed infringements of the intellectual property rights of third parties based on the services that we have performed. In some instances, the amount of these indemnities may be greater than the revenues we receive from the client. In addition, as a result of intellectual property litigation, we may be required to stop selling, incorporating or using products that use the infringed intellectual property. We may be required to obtain a license or pay a royalty to make, sell or use the relevant technology from the owner of the infringed intellectual property, such licenses or royalties may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. We may also be required to redesign our products or change our methodologies so as not to use the infringed intellectual property, which may not be technically or commercially feasible and may cause us to expend significant resources. Any claims or litigation in this area, whether we ultimately win or lose, could be time-consuming and costly and/or injure our reputation.
As the number of patents, copyrights and other intellectual property rights in our industry increases, we believe that companies in our industry will face more frequent infringement claims. Defending against these claims, even if the claims have no merit, could be expensive and divert management's attention and resources from operating our company.
We have a limited ability to protect our intellectual property rights, and unauthorized use of our intellectual property could result in the loss of clients.
Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to protect our proprietary methodologies and other intellectual property. We rely upon a combination of trade secrets, confidentiality policies, nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements and copyright and trademark laws to protect our intellectual property rights. However, existing laws of some countries in which we provide services, such as India, provide protection of intellectual property rights which may be more limited than those provided in the United States. The steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not be adequate to prevent or deter infringement or other unauthorized use of our intellectual property, and we may not be able to detect unauthorized use or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may be able to imitate or duplicate our services or methodologies. The unauthorized use or duplication of our intellectual property could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, reduce our revenues and increase our expenses. We may need to litigate to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Any such litigation could be time-consuming and costly.
9
Our engagements with clients may not be profitable.
Unexpected costs or delays could make our contracts unprofitable. When making proposals for engagements, we estimate the costs and timing for completing the projects. These estimates reflect our best judgment regarding the efficiencies of our methodologies and costs. The profitability of our engagements, and in particular our fixed-price contracts, is affected by increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of these engagements, including delays caused by factors outside our control, which could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitable. The occurrence of any of these costs or delays could result in an unprofitable engagement or litigation.
Our clients may terminate our contracts on short notice. Our clients typically retain us on a non-exclusive, engagement-by-engagement basis, rather than under exclusive long-term contracts. Many of our consulting engagements are less than 12 months in duration, and our clients may terminate most of our engagements on short notice. Large client projects typically involve multiple engagements or stages, and there is always a risk that a client may choose not to retain us for additional stages of a project or that a client will cancel or delay additional planned engagements. These terminations, cancellations or delays could result from factors unrelated to our work product or the progress of the project, including factors beyond our control, which could result in the loss of clients. Clients could also move more work in-house or simply reduce spending for the services that we provide. When contracts are terminated, we lose the associated revenues, and we may not be able to eliminate associated costs in a timely manner or transition employees to new engagements in an efficient manner.
Our profitability is dependent on our billing and utilization rates, and our ability to control these factors is only partially within our control.
Our profit margin is largely a function of the rates we are able to charge for our services and the utilization rate, or chargeability, of our professionals. Accordingly, if we are not able to maintain the rates we charge for our services or maintain an appropriate utilization rate for our professionals, we will not be able to sustain our profit margin, and our profitability will suffer. The rates we are able to charge for our services are affected by a number of factors, including:
- –>
- our clients' perception of our ability to add value through our services;
- –>
- our ability to control our costs and improve our efficiency;
- –>
- introduction of new services or products by us or our competitors;
- –>
- pricing policies of our competitors; and
- –>
- general economic conditions.
Our utilization rates are affected by a number of factors, including:
- –>
- seasonal trends, primarily our hiring cycle and holiday and summer vacations;
- –>
- our ability to transition employees from completed and/or terminated projects to new engagements;
- –>
- the amount of time spent by our employees on non-billable training activities;
- –>
- our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriate headcount; and
- –>
- our ability to manage employee attrition.
If we are unsuccessful in developing our new outsourcing business, we may not recoup our start-up costs and other expenses incurred in connection with this business.
We recently formed Kanbay Managed Solutions, Inc. to pursue application management outsourcing opportunities. We must fund certain start-up costs and other expenses in connection with this business.
10
We anticipate that outsourcing engagements may have a different engagement length and may require different skills than the services we have traditionally offered. The success of these service offerings is dependent, in part, upon continued demand for these services by our existing and new clients and our ability to meet this demand in a cost-competitive and timely manner. In addition, our ability to effectively offer a wide breadth of outsourcing services depends on our ability to attract existing or new clients to these service offerings. To obtain engagements to provide outsourcing services, we are also more likely to compete with large, well established firms, resulting in increased competition and marketing costs. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that our new service offerings will effectively meet client needs or that we will be able to attract existing or new clients to these service offerings.
Given the intense competition for senior management and technical personnel among IT service providers, it would be difficult to replace certain key personnel on whom we rely.
Our future success depends to a significant extent on the performance of our senior management team and other key employees. Competition for senior management and technical personnel among IT service providers is intense. Consequently, it would be difficult to replace any member of our senior management team or any other key employee. Our failure to attract, train, motivate and retain additional key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our management has limited experience managing a public company and regulatory compliance may divert its attention from the day-to-day management of our business.
Our management team has historically operated our business as a private company. The individuals who now constitute our management team have limited experience managing a publicly-traded company and limited experience complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition into a public company that will be subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws. In particular, these new obligations will require substantial attention from our senior management and divert its attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could materially and adversely impact our business operations.
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.
We will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company that we do not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the Nasdaq National Market, require changes in the corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these new rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make legal, accounting and administrative activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect to incur substantially higher costs to obtain directors and officers insurance.
We are investing substantial cash assets in new facilities, and our profitability could be reduced if our business does not grow proportionately.
We currently plan to spend approximately $45 million for the construction of a new delivery center in Hyderabad, India and the expansion of our delivery center in Pune, India. We may face cost overruns or project delays in connection with these facilities or other facilities we may construct in the future. Such expansion may significantly increase our fixed costs. If we are unable to grow our business and revenues proportionately, our profitability will be reduced.
11
Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from growing.
We may in the future be required to raise additional funds through public or private financing, strategic relationships or other arrangements. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all, and our failure to raise capital when needed could seriously harm our business. Additional equity financing may be dilutive to the holders of our common stock, and debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants and could reduce our profitability. Moreover, strategic relationships, if necessary to raise additional funds, may require us to relinquish some important rights or modify our allocation of resources.
Our inability to complete acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships or alliances and successfully integrate acquired companies may inhibit our growth.
We may acquire or make strategic investments in complementary businesses, technologies or services or enter into partnerships or alliances with third parties in order to enhance our business. If we do identify suitable candidates, we may not be able to complete transactions on terms commercially acceptable to us, if at all. We may finance future transactions with a portion of the proceeds from this offering, debt financing, the issuance of our equity securities or a combination of the foregoing. Acquisitions financed with the issuance of our equity securities could be dilutive. It is possible that we may not identify suitable acquisition, strategic investment or partnership or alliance candidates. Our inability to identify suitable acquisition targets, strategic investments, partners or alliances or our inability to complete such transactions and successfully integrate acquired companies may negatively affect our competitiveness and growth prospects.
We do not control the business, operations or dividend policy of SSS, which contributes a significant portion of our net income.
We own a 49.1% interest in SSS Holdings Corporation Limited (SSS), which is a Liverpool, England based IT services firm that focuses primarily on the securities industry with revenues earned predominantly in the United Kingdom. We do not have control of the board of directors of SSS or voting control of SSS. Consequently, we do not control the business, operations or dividend policy of SSS. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, our share of the earnings of SSS provided us with $2.3 million and $2.1 million of equity in earnings of affiliate.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDIAN AND INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
Wage pressures in India may reduce our profit margins.
Wage costs in India have historically been significantly lower than wage costs in the United States and Europe for comparably skilled professionals. However, wages in India are increasing at a faster rate than in the United States, which will result in increased costs for IT professionals, particularly project managers and other mid-level professionals. We may need to increase the levels of our employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive. Compensation increases may reduce our profit margins and otherwise harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
Changes in the policies of the Government of India or political instability could delay the further liberalization of the Indian economy and adversely affect economic conditions in India, which could adversely impact our business.
The role of the Indian central and state governments in the Indian economy is significant. Although the current Government of India supported the economic liberalization of the Indian economy, this economic liberalization may not continue in the future and specific laws and policies affecting technology companies, foreign investment, currency exchange and other matters affecting our business could change as well. Changes in the policies of the Government of India or political instability could
12
delay the further liberalization of the Indian economy and could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India in general and our business in particular.
Terrorist attacks or a war or regional conflicts could adversely affect the Indian economy, disrupt our operations and cause our business to suffer.
Terrorist attacks, such as the attacks of September 11, 2001 in the United States, and other acts of violence or war, such as a conflict between India and Pakistan, have the potential to directly impact our clients and the Indian economy by making travel more difficult, interrupting lines of communication and effectively curtailing our ability to deliver our services to our clients. These obstacles may increase our expenses and negatively affect our operating results. Prospective clients may wish to visit several of our facilities, including our delivery centers in India, prior to reaching a decision on vendor selection. Terrorist threats, attacks and international conflicts could make travel more difficult and cause potential clients to delay, postpone or cancel decisions to use our services. In addition, military activity, terrorist attacks and political tensions between India and Pakistan could create a greater perception that the acquisition of services from companies with significant Indian operations involves a higher degree of risk, which could adversely affect our business.
Disruptions in telecommunications could harm our global delivery model, which could result in client dissatisfaction and a reduction of our revenues.
A significant element of our business strategy is to continue to leverage and expand our delivery centers in Hyderabad and Pune, India. In particular, our delivery center in Pune, India accounted for approximately 49.2% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003. We depend upon third party service providers and various satellite and optical links to link our global delivery centers to our clients. We may not be able to maintain active voice and data communications between our global delivery centers and our clients' sites at all times. Any significant loss in our ability to communicate could result in a disruption in business, which could hinder our performance or our ability to complete client projects on time. This, in turn, could lead to client dissatisfaction and a material adverse effect on our business, our operating results and financial condition.
Our net income would decrease if the Government of India reduces or withdraws tax benefits and other incentives it provides to us or adjusts the amount of our income taxable in India or if we repatriate our earnings from India.
Currently, we benefit from the tax holidays the Government of India gives to the export of IT services from specially designated software technology parks in India. As a result of these incentives, which include a 10-year tax holiday from Indian corporate income taxes for the operation of most of our Indian facilities and a partial taxable income deduction for profits derived from exported IT services, our operations have been subject to relatively low tax liabilities. These tax incentives resulted in a decrease in our income tax expense of $300,000, $700,000 and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, compared to the effective tax rates that we estimate would have applied if these incentives had not been available, without accounting for double taxation treaty set-offs, if any.
The Finance Act, 2000 phases out the 10-year tax holiday over a 10-year period from fiscal 2000 through fiscal 2009. Additionally, the Finance Act, 2002 required that 10% of all income derived from services performed in software technology parks be subject to income tax for a one-year period which ended March 31, 2003. When our tax holiday and taxable income deduction expire or terminate beginning in 2005, our tax expense will materially increase, reducing our profitability.
The Government of India recently enacted new transfer pricing rules and began audits of companies, including us, that may be subject to these new rules. We believe that our transfer pricing policies reflect best practices in our industry, but we cannot be certain that the audits will not result in
13
adjustments to our Indian taxable income given the lack of precedent in applying the new requirements. To the extent our income is taxable in India, any such adjustments would be expected to increase our Indian tax liability and to thereby decrease our net income.
Although we intend to use substantially all of our Indian earnings to expand our international operations instead of repatriating these funds to the United States, under Indian law if we repatriated our Indian earnings in the future or such earnings were no longer deemed to be indefinitely reinvested, we would accrue the applicable amount of taxes associated with such earnings. We cannot currently determine the applicable amount of taxes, however, such amount could be material.
Restrictions on immigration may affect our ability to compete for and provide services to clients in the United States, which could adversely affect our ability to meet growth and revenue projections.
The majority of our IT professionals are Indian nationals. The ability of our IT professionals to work in the United States, Europe and in other countries depends on the ability to obtain the necessary visas and work permits. As of December 31, 2003, most Indian IT professionals in the United States held H-1B and L-1B visas. Under current regulations, individuals that hold H-1B visas are able to remain in the United States for up to six years, while individuals that hold L-1B visas have a time limit of five years.
Each year, the United States limits the number of new H-1B petitions that can be approved. In 2004, the limitation on new H-1B petitions was 65,000. This limitation was met on February 17, 2004, which impacts our ability to bring certain employees to the United States before October 1, 2004 (the beginning of the U.S. federal government's 2005 fiscal year). There is no numerical limitation on the number of L-1B petitions that can be approved each year, but such a limitation has been included in proposed legislation. Proposed legislative changes have also included establishing a prevailing wage requirement for L-1B workers and increasing the amount of time that a worker must be employed abroad before qualifying for L-1B status. If any of these legislative proposals related to the L-1B classification become law, it could have a significant impact on our ability to transfer workers to the United States.
Further, in response to the recent terrorist attacks in the United States, the Department of Homeland Security has increased the level of scrutiny in granting visas. New security procedures, which include extensive background checks, personal interviews and the production of biometric documents, may delay the issuance of a visa and affect our ability to staff projects in a timely way. Immigration laws in the United States and in other countries are subject to legislative change and varying standards of application and enforcement due to political forces and economic conditions. It is difficult to predict the political and economic events that could affect immigration laws or the restrictive impact they could have on obtaining or monitoring work visas for our IT professionals. Our reliance on work visas for a significant number of our IT professionals makes us particularly vulnerable to such changes and variations, as it affects our ability to staff projects with IT professionals who are not citizens of the country where the on-site work is to be performed. As a result, we may not be able to obtain a sufficient number of visas for our IT professionals or may encounter delays or additional costs in obtaining or maintaining such visas.
Currency exchange rate fluctuations will affect our operating results.
The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. We expect that a majority of our revenues will continue to be generated in U.S. dollars for the foreseeable future and that a significant portion of our expenses, including personnel costs, as well as capital and operating expenditures, will continue to be denominated in Indian rupees. Accordingly, an appreciation of the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar
14
may have a material adverse effect on our revenues, cost of services sold, gross margin and net income, which may in turn have a negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. We are in the process of developing a foreign currency exchange management policy to hedge our exposure to the Indian rupee; however, we do not currently hedge our exposure to any foreign currency and cannot assure you that our foreign currency management policy, if adopted, will be effective.
Our international operations subject us to risks inherent in doing business in international markets.
Currently, we have facilities in eight countries around the world, and we earned 17.6% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003 from clients outside the United States. Accordingly, we must comply with a wide variety of national and local laws, and we are subject to restrictions on the import and export of certain technologies and multiple and overlapping tax structures. In addition, we face competition in other countries from companies that may have more experience with operations in those countries or with international operations generally. Consequently, we may not be able to compete effectively in other countries.
RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING AND OUR STOCK
Our quarterly revenues, operating results and profitability may vary from quarter to quarter, which may result in increased volatility of our share price.
Our quarterly revenues, operating results and profitability have varied in the past and are likely to vary significantly from quarter to quarter in the future, making them difficult to predict. This may lead to volatility in our share price. The factors that are likely to cause these variations include:
- –>
- seasonal trends, primarily our hiring cycle and holiday and summer vacations;
- –>
- the business decisions of our clients regarding the use of our services;
- –>
- the timing and profitability of projects, unanticipated contract terminations or project postponements;
- –>
- the amount and timing of income or loss from SSS;
- –>
- our ability to transition employees quickly from completed projects to new engagements;
- –>
- the introduction of new services by us or our competitors;
- –>
- changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;
- –>
- our ability to manage costs, including personnel costs and support services costs;
- –>
- costs related to possible acquisitions of other businesses;
- –>
- exchange rate fluctuations; and
- –>
- global economic conditions.
Due to the foregoing factors, it is possible that in some future periods our revenues and operating results may be significantly below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In such an event, the price of our common stock would likely be materially and adversely affected.
15
Because our common stock price is likely to be highly volatile, the market price of our common stock could drop unexpectedly.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot guarantee that an active trading market will develop or be sustained or that the market price of our common stock will not decline. Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could fluctuate significantly in response to various factors, including:
- –>
- actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results;
- –>
- announcements of technological innovations or new services by us or our competitors;
- –>
- changes in financial estimates by market analysts;
- –>
- announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic alliances or joint ventures; and
- –>
- changes in general market conditions and in the market valuations of other IT service providers.
Many of these factors are beyond our control. In addition, the stock markets, especially the Nasdaq National Market, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to operating performance. Broad market factors, such as general domestic and international economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions and interest rate fluctuations, may also have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price for a company's securities, stockholders have often initiated securities class action litigation. Any securities class action litigation could result in substantial costs and the diversion of management's attention and resources.
Because we will have broad discretion in using the net proceeds of this offering, the benefits from our use of the proceeds may not meet investors' expectations.
Our management will have broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering as well as over the timing of their expenditure without stockholder approval. Other than the use of approximately $45 million of the net proceeds from this offering to construct a new delivery center in Hyderabad, India and to expand our delivery center in Pune, India, we have not yet determined the specific amounts of the balance of the net proceeds to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including possible infrastructure expansion or acquisitions of complementary technologies or businesses. As a result, investors will be relying upon management's judgment with only limited information about our specific intentions for the use of the balance of the net proceeds of this offering. Our failure to apply these proceeds effectively could cause our business to suffer.
The future sale of our common stock could negatively affect our stock price after this offering.
After this offering, we will have shares of common stock outstanding. Sales of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market following this offering or the expectation of such sales could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. All the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradeable except that any shares purchased by our affiliates will remain subject to certain restrictions.
As of , 2004, which is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering will be available for sale in the public markets. At various times thereafter upon the expiration of certain one-year holding periods, an additional shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public markets.
16
Of these shares, shares are subject to a limitation on the number of shares that can be sold in any three-month period. UBS Securities LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements. After this offering, the holders of approximately of our shares of common stock and shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants will be entitled to registration rights with respect to these shares. Such holders may require us to register the resale of substantially all of these shares upon demand. These holders include Household International, which owns approximately 27.7% of our capital stock and will be selling shares of our common stock in this offering. Any sales of our common stock by Household International could be negatively perceived in the trading markets and negatively affect the price of our common stock. We also intend to file a registration statement after consummation of this offering to register all shares of common stock that we may issue to our employees under our stock option plan and stock incentive plan. After this registration statement is effective, these shares will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction. For more information, see "Shares eligible for future sale."
We are subject to anti-takeover provisions which could affect the price of our common stock.
Certain provisions of Delaware law and of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws to be effective upon the consummation of this offering could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of us. For example, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide for a classified board of directors, limit the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders and allow us to issue preferred stock with rights senior to those of the common stock without any further vote or action by our stockholders. In addition, we will be subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing another party from acquiring control of Kanbay. These provisions could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company or may otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of our company, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
Because our earlier and recent investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares, new investors will incur immediate and substantial dilution in their investment.
Investors purchasing shares in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share because the price that new investors pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the shares acquired. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. In addition, there will be options and warrants for the purchase of approximately shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering. To the extent such options and warrants are exercised in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors.
The price at which the shares of common stock will initially be offered to the public is the result of negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be representative of the price that will prevail in the open market. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the determination of the initial public offering price.
Our existing stockholders, including Household International, which will continue to own a large percentage of our common stock after the closing of this offering, have voting control over Kanbay and their interests may differ from other stockholders.
Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers and directors and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately % of our outstanding common stock, and
17
our existing stockholders will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately % of our outstanding common stock. In particular, Household International will beneficially own approximately % of our common stock after the closing of this offering. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise significant control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any amendments to our certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions. These stockholders may exercise this control even if they are opposed by our other stockholders. Without the consent of these stockholders, we could be delayed or prevented from entering into transactions (including the acquisition of our company by third parties) that may be viewed as beneficial to us or our other stockholders. In addition, this significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock if investors perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders.
We do not intend to pay dividends, which may limit the return on your investment in us.
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
18
Special note regarding forward-looking statements
Many of the statements included in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements and information relating to our company. We generally identify forward-looking statements by the use of terminology such as "may," "will," "could," "should," "potential," "continue," "expect," "intend," "plan," "estimate," "anticipate," "believe," or similar phrases or the negatives of such terms. We base these statements on our beliefs as well as assumptions we made using information currently available to us. Such statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those identified in "Risk factors," as well as other matters not yet known to us or not currently considered material by us. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Given these risks and uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements do not guarantee future performance and should not be considered as statements of fact.
You should not unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Unless required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect new information or future events or otherwise. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in our annual, quarterly and other reports we will file with the SEC after the date of this prospectus. See "Where you can find additional information."
Industry data
This prospectus includes statistical data about the information technology, or IT, industry that comes from publications by sources including Gartner, Inc., a provider of research and analysis on the global IT industry, McKinsey & Company, a consulting firm, the National Association of Software and Service Companies, or NASSCOM, an industry trade group, DATAQUEST, an Indian IT industry publication, InterUnity Group, an independent technology intelligence consulting firm, Computerworld, a news publication focused on the IT management industry, and Hewitt Associates LLC, a global human resources outsourcing and consulting firm. This type of data represents the estimates of Gartner, McKinsey, NASSCOM, DATAQUEST, InterUnity, Computerworld and Hewitt Associates only. In addition, although we believe that data from these companies is generally reliable, we cannot guarantee that this information is accurate or complete. We caution you not to place undue reliance on this data.
19
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of our common stock we are offering will be approximately $ million assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate the net proceeds to us will be approximately $ after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.
We intend to use approximately $45 million of the net proceeds from this offering to construct a new delivery center in Hyderabad, India, to expand our delivery center in Pune, India and the balance for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including possible infrastructure expansion or acquisitions of complementary technologies or businesses. However, as of the date of this prospectus, we have no commitment or agreement relating to any such material acquisition or investment. We have not yet determined the amount of net proceeds to be used specifically for each of the foregoing purposes. Accordingly, management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering. Pending their use, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, investment grade interest-bearing instruments.
Dividend policy
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination in the future to pay dividends will depend upon our financial condition, capital requirements, operating results and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors, including any contractual or statutory restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.
20
Capitalization
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2003:
- –>
- on an actual basis;
- –>
- on a pro forma basis to give effect to the recapitalization of all outstanding shares of our Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock and Class A Common Stock into an aggregate of shares of our common stock and a stock split of our common stock; and
- –>
- on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the sale in this offering of shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
You should read this table together with "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations," "Description of capital stock," and our consolidated financial statements and related notes for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
| | As of December 31, 2003
|
---|
| | Actual
| | Pro forma
| | Pro forma as adjusted
|
---|
|
---|
| | (in thousands)
|
---|
Cash and cash equivalents | | $ | 17,419 | | $ | 17,419 | | $ | |
| |
| |
| |
|
Long-term debt, including current portion(1) | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Stockholders' equity: | | | | | | | | | |
| Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 402,857 shares authorized, 35,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted(2) | | | — | | | — | | | — |
| Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 3,298,333 shares authorized, 3,298,333 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted(2) | | | 3 | | | — | | | — |
| Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized, 11,126,745 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted | | | 11 | | | — | | | — |
| Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted | | | — | | | — | | | — |
| Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted | | | — | | | 14 | | | |
| Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding actual; shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted | | | — | | | — | | | — |
| Additional paid-in capital | | | 45,184 | | | 45,184 | | | |
| Accumulated deficit | | | (2,609 | ) | | (2,609 | ) | | |
| Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments | | | 402 | | | 402 | | | |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | Total stockholders' equity | | | 42,991 | | | 42,991 | | | |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | Total capitalization | | $ | 42,991 | | $ | 42,991 | | $ | |
| |
| |
| |
|
- (1)
- We have a credit facility pursuant to which we may borrow up to $7.5 million. Our credit facility expires on April 30, 2004; however, we intend to renew it. We had no debt outstanding under our credit facility as of December 31, 2003.
- (2)
- Each share of our Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of our Class A Common Stock at any time at the holder's option.
21
Dilution
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2003 was approximately $63.9 million or $ per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the recapitalization of all outstanding shares of our capital stock into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and a stock split of our common stock immediately following the recapitalization and immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
After giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2003 would have been approximately $ million or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $ per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $ per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution:
Assumed initial public offering price per share | | | | | $ | |
| Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering | | $ | | | | |
| Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering | | | | | | |
| Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering | | | | | | |
| | | | |
|
Dilution per share to new investors | | | | | $ | |
| | | | |
|
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2003 would have been $ per share, representing an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $ per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $ per share to new investors.
The following table sets forth on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2003:
- –>
- the number of shares of our common stock purchased by existing stockholders, the total consideration and the average price per share paid for those shares;
- –>
- the number of shares of our common stock purchased by new investors, the total consideration and the average price per share paid for those shares (at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share); and
- –>
- the percentage of shares purchased by existing stockholders and new investors and the percentage of consideration paid for those shares.
These pro forma numbers give effect to the recapitalization of all outstanding shares of our capital stock into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and a
22
stock split of our common stock immediately following the recapitalization and immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
| | Total shares
| |
| |
| |
|
---|
| | Total consideration
| |
|
---|
| | Average price per share
|
---|
| | Number
| | %
| | Amount
| | %
|
---|
|
---|
Existing stockholders | | | | | % | $ | | | | % | $ | |
New investors | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | | |
| Total | | | | 100 | % | | | | 100 | % | $ | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | | |
The outstanding share information shown in the table above excludes:
- –>
- shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under our stock option plan and stock incentive plan at a weighted average exercise price of $ per share;
- –>
- an aggregate of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $ per share; and
- –>
- shares of common stock available for future grants under our stock incentive plan as of the date of this prospectus.
To the extent that any of these options or warrants are exercised, your investment will be further diluted. In addition, we may grant more options and issue more warrants in the future.
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the following will occur:
- –>
- the pro forma as adjusted percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately % of the total number of pro forma as adjusted shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and
- –>
- the pro forma as adjusted percentage of shares of our common stock held by new investors will increase to , or approximately % of the total pro forma as adjusted number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
23
Selected historical consolidated financial data
The following table presents selected historical consolidated financial data as of, and for the years ended, December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, which has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. You should read this information together with "Summary historical consolidated financial data," "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations," and our consolidated financial statements and related notes for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
| | Years ended December 31,
| |
---|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
| |
---|
| 1999(1)
| | 2000
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | (in thousands, except per share amounts)
| |
---|
Net revenues | | $ | 44,206 | | $ | 59,815 | | $ | 69,654 | | $ | 82,589 | | $ | 107,153 | |
Cost of revenues | | | 25,220 | | | 34,526 | | | 39,786 | | | 46,977 | | | 58,675 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| Gross profit | | | 18,986 | | | 25,289 | | | 29,868 | | | 35,612 | | | 48,478 | |
Selling, general and administrative expenses | | | 21,985 | | | 30,279 | | | 28,587 | | | 28,185 | | | 35,492 | |
Depreciation and amortization | | | 1,362 | | | 2,171 | | | 2,437 | | | 2,682 | | | 3,308 | |
(Gain) loss on sale of fixed assets | | | 2 | | | (9 | ) | | 57 | | | 38 | | | 36 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| Income (loss) from operations | | | (4,363 | ) | | (7,152 | ) | | (1,213 | ) | | 4,707 | | | 9,642 | |
Interest expense | | | (379 | ) | | (953 | ) | | (257 | ) | | (424 | ) | | (287 | ) |
Interest income | | | 103 | | | 129 | | | 62 | | | 17 | | | 39 | |
Foreign exchange gain (loss) | | | 209 | | | (17 | ) | | (31 | ) | | 69 | | | (120 | ) |
Equity in earnings of affiliate(2) | | | — | | | 29 | | | 842 | | | 2,272 | | | 2,097 | |
Loss on investment | | | — | | | — | | | (644 | ) | | — | | | — | |
Other, net | | | — | | | 2 | | | 8 | | | 6 | | | 21 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| Total other income (expense) | | | (67 | ) | | (810 | ) | | (20 | ) | | 1,940 | | | 1,750 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) before income taxes | | | (4,430 | ) | | (7,962 | ) | | (1,233 | ) | | 6,647 | | | 11,392 | |
Income tax expense (benefit) | | | (62 | ) | | (11 | ) | | 18 | | | 226 | | | 260 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change | | | (4,368 | ) | | (7,951 | ) | | (1,251 | ) | | 6,421 | | | 11,132 | |
Cumulative effect of accounting change(3) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (2,043 | ) | | — | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| Net income (loss) | | $ | (4,368 | ) | $ | (7,951 | ) | $ | (1,251 | ) | $ | 4,378 | | $ | 11,132 | |
Dividends on preferred stock | | | 608 | | | 610 | | | 608 | | | 608 | | | 608 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income available to common stockholders | | $ | (4,976 | ) | $ | (8,561 | ) | $ | (1,859 | ) | $ | 3,770 | | $ | 10,524 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) per share of common stock(4): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Basic | | | | | | | | $ | (0.17 | ) | $ | 0.34 | | $ | 0.96 | |
| Diluted | | | | | | | | | (0.17 | ) | | 0.28 | | | 0.71 | |
Average shares outstanding(4): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Basic | | | | | | | | | 10,997 | | | 10,997 | | | 11,001 | |
| Diluted | | | | | | | | | 10,997 | | | 15,734 | | | 15,585 | |
Pro forma income per share of common stock (unaudited)(5): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Basic | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Diluted | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding (unaudited)(5): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Basic | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Diluted | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
24
| | As of December 31,
|
---|
Consolidated balance sheet data:
| | 1999(1)
| | 2000
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | (in thousands)
|
---|
Cash and cash equivalents | | $ | 1,282 | | $ | 4,655 | | $ | 5,340 | | $ | 10,127 | | $ | 17,419 |
Working capital | | | (3,685 | ) | | 4,025 | | | 2,891 | | | 7,117 | | | 12,618 |
Total assets | | | 19,461 | | | 40,597 | | | 41,812 | | | 49,415 | | | 63,875 |
Long-term debt | | | 1,116 | | | 1,506 | | | 2,668 | | | 1,088 | | | — |
Total stockholders' equity/members' deficit(4) | | | (7,633 | ) | | 16,659 | | | 14,431 | | | 23,095 | | | 42,991 |
- (1)
- Reflects the results of Kanbay Australia Pty Ltd. from the date of its acquisition on October 29, 1999 for approximately $3 million in cash and stock.
- (2)
- On November 30, 2000, we acquired a 50.0% interest in SSS Holdings Corporation Limited (SSS) for 1,120,254 shares of Class A Common Stock valued at approximately $15.9 million. As of December 31, 2003, we owned approximately 49.1% of SSS. We account for SSS under the equity method of accounting.
- (3)
- Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." SFAS No. 142 does not permit goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets to be amortized. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, we recorded a non-cash charge of $2.0 million to reduce the carrying value of goodwill. This non-cash charge was recorded as a cumulative effect of an accounting change. If we had applied SFAS No. 142 retroactively as of January 1, 1999, our net income (loss) would have been $(4.3 million) in 1999, $(7.7 million) in 2000, and $172,000 in 2001.
- (4)
- For the period from January 1, 1999 through August 23, 2000, we operated as a Delaware limited liability company (LLC). On August 24, 2000, we converted from a LLC into a Delaware C corporation when all members exchanged their common and preferred units in the LLC for an equivalent number of shares of our common and preferred stock. Income (loss) per share of common stock and average shares outstanding is presented for the years during which we operated as a C corporation.
- (5)
- The pro forma basic and diluted per share data reflects the weighted effect of the assumed recapitalization of all of our outstanding capital stock into shares of our common stock that will take place immediately prior to the closing of this offering and a stock split of our common stock that will take place immediately following the recapitalization and immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
25
Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. It contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under the heading "Risk factors."
OVERVIEW
We are a global provider of information technology services and solutions focused on the financial services industry. We combine technical expertise with deep industry knowledge to offer a broad suite of services, including business process and technology advice, software package selection and integration, application development, maintenance and support, network and system security and specialized services, through our global delivery model.
We provide our services primarily to credit card issuers, commercial and retail lending institutions, securities and investment management firms and insurance companies. In providing our services, we utilize a wide array of technologies to develop customized solutions that address our clients' specific needs. In 2003, credit card issuers, commercial and retail lending institutions, securities and investment management firms and insurance companies represented 43.9%, 25.5%, 14.2% and 7.7% of our services revenues, respectively. We serve our clients in North America, Asia-Pacific and Europe, with 82.4% of our revenues in 2003 generated from North America, 13.6% from Asia-Pacific and 4.0% from Europe.
Our revenues have grown from $44.2 million in 1999 to $107.2 million in 2003, representing a 24.8% compound annual growth rate. Our revenue growth is attributable to a number of factors, including an increase in the size and number of projects for existing clients and the addition of new clients. Over 94.2% of our services revenues in 2003 came from clients for whom we provided services in the prior year and over 89.1% of our services revenues in that period came from clients for whom we have provided services in each year since 2000.
For the year ended December 31, 2003, our five largest clients accounted for 80.7% of our revenues, with Household International (and its affiliates within the HSBC Group) and Morgan Stanley, our two largest clients, accounting for 53.2% and 13.0% of our revenues for the period, respectively. Household International, our largest stockholder, owns approximately 27.7% of our capital stock, while Morgan Stanley owns approximately 5.7% of our capital stock.
Sources of revenues
Our revenues are generated principally from IT services provided on either a time-and-materials or a fixed-price basis. The percentage of our services revenues generated under fixed price contracts has steadily decreased from 24% in 2000 to 15% in 2003, due primarily to additional revenues from services performed on a time-and-materials basis. Revenues from services provided on a time-and-materials basis are recognized as the related services are performed. Revenues from services provided on a fixed-price basis are recognized pursuant to the proportionate peformance method. In addition, our service level agreements call for us to provide a fixed number of hours of service per year, but do not have defined deliverables. Revenues from these agreements are also recognized in accordance with the proportionate peformance method. Most of our client contracts, including those that are on a fixed-price basis, can be terminated with or without cause on 30 to 90 days' notice. All
26
services provided by us through the date of cancellation are generally due and payable under the contract terms. Because we bear the risk of cost overruns and inflation with respect to fixed-price projects, our operating results could be adversely affected by inaccurate estimates of contract completion costs. Losses on contracts, if any, are provided for in full in the period when determined. In order to manage these risks, we closely monitor the progress on all projects and account relationships.
Revenues from services provided on a time-and-materials basis are derived from the rates at which we bill our clients and the number of billable hours in a period. The number of billable hours in a period is impacted by the number of technical professionals on staff and employee utilization. We define employee utilization as the total billable hours divided by the total available hours of our professionals.
We also generate revenues through the sale of third party software licenses and related maintenance contracts. Revenues from these sources accounted for $7.3 million of our revenues in 2003. These revenue levels have remained relatively constant in recent years, while services revenues have grown. Consequently, revenues from the sale of third party software licenses and related maintenance contracts have gradually declined as a percentage of total revenues, decreasing from 11.9% in 2000 to 6.8% in 2003.
Revenues from our largest client, Household International, have grown significantly, increasing from $31.3 million in 2001 to $57.0 million in 2003. This growth has been driven by rapid expansion at Household International and the acquisition of Household International by HSBC Holdings plc in March 2003.
Weakness in the U.S. economy has resulted in companies canceling or deferring many major IT projects and pressuring vendors on price in order to reduce costs. As a result, we have experienced pricing pressure which has had an adverse effect on our revenues, gross margins and net income. However, we believe that our in-depth knowledge of the processes and applications in the areas of the financial services industry that we serve has partially shielded us from pricing pressure. Despite some pricing pressure, we increased our gross margins and net income in each of 2001, 2002 and 2003 by improving our employee utilization and performing more of our services at our delivery centers in India, which yield significantly higher gross margins than services performed at client sites or at our offices located outside of India. Our gross margins in 2001, 2002 and 2003 were 42.9%, 43.1% and 45.2%, respectively.
Cost of revenues and gross profit
Our cost of revenues consists primarily of the cost of salaries, payroll taxes and employee benefits for our technical professionals, including quality assurance personnel and certain client relationship management personnel. Also included in cost of revenues are the travel costs of these employees, fees for subcontractors working on client engagements, the communications costs associated with connectivity to our clients and the purchase of products for resale.
The proportion of work performed at our facilities and at client sites varies from quarter to quarter. We charge higher rates and incur higher compensation and other expenses for work performed at client sites and our offices located outside of India. Services performed at client sites or our offices located outside of India typically generate higher revenues per-capita at lower gross margins than the same services performed at our delivery centers in India. As a result, our total revenues, cost of revenues and gross profits in absolute terms and as a percentage of revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the proportion of work performed in India. We hire subcontractors on a limited basis from time to time to supplement our technical staff. In 2003, approximately 5.4% of our cost of
27
revenues was attributable to subcontracting costs. We do not anticipate that our subcontracting needs will increase significantly as we expand our business.
According to Hewitt Associates, salary levels of software development professionals in India rose 11.2% in 2002 and 13.7% in 2003. This is the result of the strong demand for these professionals in India. Salary increases in the other regions in which we operate have been more reflective of increases in the costs of living.
Our revenues and gross profits are also impacted by our ability to efficiently manage and utilize our employees. As of December 31, 2003, we had 2,323 employees, of which 2,001 were technical professionals. We manage employee utilization by continuously monitoring project requirements and timetables to ensure that we have effectively staffed our projects to meet our clients' needs. The number of employees assigned to a project will vary according to the size, complexity, duration and demands of the project. An unanticipated termination of a significant project could cause us to experience a higher than expected number of unassigned IT professionals, thereby lowering IT professional employee utilization. In addition, we do not fully utilize our IT professionals when they are enrolled in training and educational programs. On average, our IT professionals participated in 96 hours of training in 2003. In 2001, 2002 and 2003, utilization rates for our Indian employees were 71.5%, 70.0% and 74.0%, respectively, and utilization rates for our onsite employees were 75.3%, 81.5% and 85.8%, respectively.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, employee benefits, travel, promotion, communications, management, finance, administrative and occupancy costs as well as depreciation and amortization expense. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue were 41.0%, 34.1% and 33.1% in 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. In 1999 and 2000, we invested in our support infrastructure, principally in staff and systems, which helped us to grow revenues without significant increases in selling, general and administrative expenses. In addition, our decision to focus on the financial services industry in 2001 helped us to reduce expenses by eliminating costs associated with sales, marketing and support activities of other industry groups.
Other income and expense
Other income and expense includes interest income, interest expense, foreign currency exchange gains and losses, equity in earnings of affiliate and provisions for losses on investments. Foreign currency gains and losses are generated primarily by fluctuations of the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar. As explained in note 1 to our consolidated financial statements, our Indian subsidiary's functional currency is the U.S. dollar, which results in non-monetary assets and liabilities being translated at historical exchange rates, while monetary assets and liabilities are translated at current exchange rates. This may result in gains or losses which are reflected in other income.
We own approximately 49.1% of SSS Holdings Corporation Limited (SSS), which is a Liverpool, England based IT services firm that focuses primarily on the securities industry with revenues earned predominantly in the United Kingdom. Because we own less than 50% of SSS, its results of operations are not consolidated into our financial results. Our share of the earnings of SSS is accounted for under the equity method of accounting for investments in common stock, which is described in more detail in note 3 to our consolidated financial statements.
Income tax expense
Our net income earned from providing services is subject to tax in the country in which we perform the work. We have benefited from net operating loss carry forwards in the United States, the remaining
28
balance of which was used in 2003. Currently, we benefit from the tax holidays in India, which are available to export-oriented IT services firms. As a result of these net operating loss carry forwards and tax holidays, our operations have been subject to minimal tax liabilities. With the net operating loss carry forwards in the United States no longer available, our effective tax rate increased to approximately 20% starting in the fourth quarter of 2003. Our exact effective tax rate in future periods will vary based on our geographic earnings. Our tax holidays in India will phase out partially on March 31, 2005 and will phase out completely on March 31, 2009. Once these holidays begin to phase out, our effective tax rate will materially increase.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND RISKS
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, including the recoverability of tangible and intangible assets, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period.
On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates. The most significant estimates relate to the allowance for doubtful accounts, reserves for employee benefits, income taxes, depreciation of fixed assets and long-lived assets, contingencies and litigation and the recognition of revenue and profits based on the proportionate peformance method of accounting for fixed-bid contracts. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could vary from the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements.
We market our services internationally and most of our technical professionals are located in India. As a result, we may be subject to certain risks associated with international operations, including risks associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and risks associated with the application and imposition of protective legislation and regulations relating to import and export or otherwise resulting from foreign policy or the variability of foreign economic conditions. Additional risks associated with international operations include difficulties in the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws, potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs, quotas and other barriers.
We believe the following critical accounting policies affect the significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:
Revenue recognition
Our services are entered into on either a time-and-materials or fixed-price basis. Our fixed-price contracts primarily relate to application development and enhancement projects. Revenues related to time-and-materials contracts are recognized as the service is performed. Revenues related to fixed-price contracts are recognized as the service is performed using the proportionate performance method of accounting, under which the sales value of performance, including estimated earnings thereon, is recognized on the basis of the percentage that each contract's cost to date bears to the total estimated cost.
In general, fixed-price contracts are cancelable subject to a specified notice period. All services provided by us through the date of cancellation are generally due and payable under the contract terms. We issue invoices related to fixed-price contracts based upon achievement of milestones during a
29
project or other contractual terms. Differences between the timing of billings, based upon contract milestones or other contractual terms, and the recognition of revenue, based upon the proportionate performance method of accounting, are recognized as either unbilled or deferred revenue. We do not incur significant up-front costs associated with these fixed-price contracts, and all costs related to the services provided are expensed as incurred. Estimates are subject to adjustment as a project progresses to reflect changes in expected completion costs or dates. The cumulative impact of any revision in estimates of the percentage of work completed is reflected in the financial reporting period in which the change in estimate becomes known and any anticipated losses on contracts are recognized immediately. A reserve for warranty provisions under such contracts, which generally exist for a period ranging from 30 to 90 days past contract completion, is included in the total estimated cost when calculating proportionate performance. Our failure to estimate accurately the resources and time required for a fixed-price project, or our failure to complete our contractual obligations within the time frame committed, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
In addition, certain contracts, which we refer to as service level agreements, call for us to provide a fixed number of hours of service per year, but do not contain defined deliverables. Revenues from these agreements are also recognized in accordance with the proportionate peformance basis.
Our Australian subsidiary sells third party software licenses and maintenance agreements for the support of those products. Revenues from the sale of third party licenses are recognized in the financial reporting period in which the licenses are delivered. Maintenance agreements generally cover a period of 12 months from the date of sale. Revenues from maintenance contracts are amortized over the term of the agreement. The unrecognized portion of the revenue at the end of each period is recorded as deferred revenue.
Foreign currency translation
The assets and liabilities of our Canadian, Asian and European subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars from local currencies at current exchange rates and revenues and expenses are translated from local currencies at average monthly exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded in a separate component of stockholders' equity. For our Indian subsidiary, the functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Because our sales are made primarily in the United States, the sales price is predominantly in U.S. dollars and there is a high volume of intercompany transactions denominated in U.S. dollars between the Indian and U.S. entities. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical exchange rates, while monetary assets and liabilities are translated at current exchange rates. The resulting gain or loss is included in other income. A 5.0% decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar against the Indian rupee would result in a reduction in other income of approximately $1.4 million based on our current operations.
Allowance for doubtful accounts
We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our clients to make required payments. Our allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2003 was $659,000, which represented 5.9% of our gross receivables. If actual defaults are higher than our historical experience, our allowance for doubtful accounts may be insufficient to cover the uncollectible receivables, which would have an adverse impact on our operating results in the period of occurrence.
Income taxes
We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that we expect to realize. Our allowance as of December 31, 2003 was $2.3 million. While we have considered future
30
taxable income and on-going prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance, in the event we were to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of our net recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would increase income in the period such determination was made. Similarly, if we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period such determination was made.
Our Indian subsidiary, Kanbay Software (India) Limited (KSIL), is an export-oriented company, which, under the Indian Income Tax Act of 1961, is entitled to claim various tax holidays for a period of 10 years with respect to its export profits. Substantially all of the earnings of KSIL are attributable to export profits and, therefore, are currently entitled to a 100% exemption from Indian income tax. The tax holidays will phase out partially on March 31, 2005. We expect our effective tax rate to increase by approximately 2.8% as a result. The remainder of the holidays will remain in place until March 31, 2009, at which time our effective tax rate would increase by approximately 14.0%. The exact impact of the phase out of the tax holidays will vary based on our growth in India. We have and will continue to use the earnings of KSIL for expansion outside of the United States instead of repatriating these earnings to the United States. Accordingly, pursuant to Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 23, "Accounting for Income Taxes—Special Areas," we do not accrue taxes on the repatriation of earnings from KSIL. If such earnings are repatriated in the future, or are no longer deemed to be indefinitely reinvested, we will accrue the applicable amount of taxes associated with such earnings.
31
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth the items in our consolidated income statements as a percentage of revenues for the periods presented.
| | Years ended December 31,
| |
---|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
Net revenues | | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % |
Cost of revenues | | 57.1 | | 56.9 | | 54.8 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| Gross profit | | 42.9 | | 43.1 | | 45.2 | |
Selling, general, and administrative expenses | | 41.0 | | 34.1 | | 33.1 | |
Depreciation and amortization | | 3.5 | | 3.3 | | 3.1 | |
(Gain) loss on sale of assets | | 0.1 | | — | | — | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| Income (loss) from operations | | (1.7 | ) | 5.7 | | 9.0 | |
Other income (expense): | | | | | | | |
Interest expense | | (0.4 | ) | (0.5 | ) | (0.3 | ) |
Interest income | | 0.1 | | — | | — | |
Foreign exchange gain (loss) | | (0.1 | ) | 0.1 | | (0.1 | ) |
Equity in earnings of affiliate | | 1.2 | | 2.8 | | 2.0 | |
Loss on investment | | (0.9 | ) | — | | — | |
Other, net | | — | | — | | — | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | (0.1 | ) | 2.4 | | 1.6 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) before income taxes | | (1.8 | ) | 8.1 | | 10.6 | |
Income tax expense (benefit) | | — | | 0.3 | | 0.2 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change | | (1.8 | ) | 7.8 | | 10.4 | |
Cumulative effect of accounting change | | — | | (2.5 | ) | — | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| Net income (loss) | | (1.8 | )% | 5.3 | % | 10.4 | % |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to year ended December 31, 2002
Revenues
Our revenues increased by $24.6 million, or 29.8%, from $82.6 million in 2002 to $107.2 million in 2003. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in billable hours offset by a decrease in average billing rates of approximately 2.1%. The increase in billable hours was primarily due to the addition of technical professionals, particularly at our delivery centers in India, to meet increased demand, principally from existing clients. Increased utilization of existing technical professionals also contributed to the increase in billable hours. The decrease in average billing rates was due to pricing pressure.
Cost of revenues
Our cost of revenues increased by $11.7 million, or 24.9%, from $47.0 million in 2002 to $58.7 million in 2003. The increase was due primarily to costs resulting from an increase in the number of technical professionals from 1,253 as of December 31, 2002 to 2,001 as of December 31, 2003, adding approximately $8.2 million in costs in 2003. Most of this increase occurred at our delivery centers in India, where 81.7% of our technical staff was located as of December 31, 2003 as
32
compared to 72.9% as of December 31, 2002. In addition, salary level increases added approximately $2.9 million to cost of revenues in 2003 as a result of strong demand for technical professionals in India.
Approximately 23.6% of our cost of revenues in 2003 was incurred in India. A decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar against the Indian rupee in 2003 increased our cost of revenues by approximately $372,000, or approximately 0.3% of our revenues. We have not used hedging tools to mitigate this currency exposure.
Gross profit
Our gross profit increased by $12.9 million, or 36.2%, from $35.6 million in 2002 to $48.5 million in 2003. Our gross margin increased to 45.2% from 43.1%.
Gross margin on our services performed in India is significantly higher than the gross margin on our services performed elsewhere. Most of the additional revenue realized in 2003 as compared to 2002 was attributable to increased services performed at our delivery centers in India, thereby increasing the average gross margin. In addition, improved utilization of our technical staff contributed to the increase in gross margin. This was offset in part by the decrease in average billing rates and increased salary levels.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A) increased by $7.3 million, or 25.9%, from $28.2 million in 2002 to $35.5 million in 2003. Of the increase, $1.8 million was attributable to increased spending in sales and marketing to expand our business, including the hiring of additional sales staff. The increase was also driven by additional costs associated with the expansion of our business, including additional recruitment and training costs and costs associated with the leasing of additional software development space in India. In addition, approximately $200,000 of the increase was due to the decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar against the Indian rupee. As a percentage of revenue, SG&A expenses decreased to 33.1% from 34.1%. The decrease resulted from increased revenues, which were greater than the increase in SG&A expenses.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization increased by $600,000, or 22.2%, from $2.7 million in 2002 to $3.3 million in 2003. The increase was attributable primarily to additional hardware and software associated with the increase in technical personnel and improvements to additional leased facilities in India.
Income from operations
Income from operations increased by $4.9 million, or 104.3%, from $4.7 million in 2002 to $9.6 million in 2003. As a percentage of revenue, income from operations increased to 9.0% from 5.7%. This was the result of an improvement in gross margin and a reduction in SG&A expenses and depreciation and amortization as a percentage of revenue.
Other income and expense
Interest expense decreased by $137,000, or 32.3%, from $424,000 in 2002 to $287,000 in 2003. The decrease was attributable to the repayment of bank loans and the continued repayment of long-term debt. Our remaining long-term debt was repaid in October 2003.
33
Provision for income taxes
Our provision for income taxes increased by $34,000, or 15.0%, from $226,000 in 2002 to $260,000 in 2003. Our effective tax rate was 3.4% in 2002 as compared to 2.3% in 2003. The decrease in our effective tax rate was attributable to the deferred tax benefit recognized when the remaining net operating loss carry forwards in the United States were used in the third quarter of 2003. Without the deferred tax benefit in 2003, the effective tax rate would have been 9.4%.
The Government of India imposed a one time tax on 10.0% of the profits generated by export-oriented IT services firms in India during the Indian tax year of April 1, 2002 through March 31, 2003. As a result, our earnings in India for the three-month period ended March 31, 2003 and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2002 were subject to this tax. Income taxes paid in India in 2003 totaled $26,000 as compared to $105,000 in 2002.
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change increased by $4.7 million, or 73.4%, from $6.4 million in 2002 to $11.1 million in 2003. As a percentage of revenue, income before cumulative effect of accounting change increased from 7.8% in 2002 to 10.4% in 2003.
Cumulative effect of accounting change
In 2002, we recorded a non-cash charge of $2.0 million to reduce the carrying value of goodwill related to our 1999 acquisition of Megatec Pty Limited in Australia. This non-cash charge was recorded as a cumulative effect of an accounting change.
Net income
Net income increased by $6.7 million, or 152.3%, from $4.4 million in 2002 to $11.1 million in 2003. As a percentage of revenue, net income increased from 5.3% in 2002 to 10.4% in 2003.
Year ended December 31, 2002 compared to year ended December 31, 2001
Revenues
Our revenues increased by $12.9 million, or 18.5%, from $69.7 million in 2001 to $82.6 million in 2002. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in billable hours offset by a decrease in average billing rates of approximately 3.8%. The increase in billable hours was primarily due to the addition of technical professionals, particularly at our delivery centers in India, to meet increased demand from both new and existing clients. The decrease in average billing rates was due to pricing pressure.
Cost of revenues
Our cost of revenues increased by $7.2 million, or 18.1%, from $39.8 million in 2001 to $47.0 million in 2002. The increase was due primarily to costs resulting from an increase in the number of technical professionals from 837 as of December 31, 2001 to 1,253 employees as of December 31, 2002, adding approximately $6.6 million in costs in 2002. Most of this increase occurred at our delivery centers in India, where 72.9% of our technical staff was located as of December 31, 2002 as compared to 65.0% as of December 31, 2001. In addition, salary level increases added approximately $800,000 to cost of revenues in 2002 as a result of strong demand for technical professionals in India.
34
Gross profit
Our gross profit increased by $5.7 million, or 19.1%, from $29.9 million in 2001 to $35.6 million in 2002. Our gross margin increased from 42.9% in 2002 to 43.1% in 2003.
Most of the additional revenue realized in 2002 as compared to 2001 was attributable to increased services performed at our delivery centers in India, thereby increasing the average gross margin. This was offset in part by the decrease in average billing rates and increased salary levels.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
SG&A expenses decreased by $400,000, or 1.4%, from $28.6 million in 2001 to $28.2 million in 2002. As a percentage of revenue, SG&A expenses decreased to 34.1% from 41.0%. In 2001, we decided to focus on the financial services industry. As a result, we abandoned our business development activities in other industries and eliminated costs associated with those activities in 2001. We incurred these costs for part of 2001 and realized the full impact of the cost reductions in 2002. The cost reductions were offset in part by increases in costs associated with the expansion of our business, including additional recruitment and training costs and facilities management costs.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization increased by $300,000, or 12.5%, from $2.4 million in 2001 to $2.7 million in 2002. The increase was attributable primarily to additional hardware and software associated with the increase in technical personnel and a full year of depreciation on our development center in Pune, India, which we put in service in October 2001.
Income (loss) from operations
Income from operations increased from a loss of $1.2 million in 2001 to income of $4.7 million in 2002. As a percentage of revenue, income from operations increased to 5.7% from a loss from operations of 1.7%. This was the result of an improvement in gross margin and a reduction in SG&A expenses and depreciation and amortization as a percentage of revenue.
Other income and expense
Interest expense increased by $167,000, or 65.0%, from $257,000 in 2001 to $424,000 in 2002. The increase was attributable to a full year of interest on a construction loan for our development center in Pune, India. We recognized a net foreign currency exchange gain of $69,000 in 2002 as compared to a loss of $31,000 in 2001 as a result of the effect of the strength of the U.S. dollar relative to the Indian rupee.
Equity in earnings of affiliate increased from $842,000 in 2001 to $2.3 million in 2002. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142 in 2002, we no longer amortized the excess of our investment in SSS over our interest in its underlying assets as of the date of acquisition. Amortization of the excess of our investment recorded in 2001 was $1.3 million. Therefore, equity in earnings of affiliate would have been $2.1 million in 2001 excluding the amortization.
Kanbay owned a 40.0% interest in Apogon, Inc, a development stage company. In December 2001, we determined the investment to be impaired and wrote off the entire balance of $644,000.
Provision for income taxes
Our provision for income taxes increased by $208,000, from $18,000 in 2001 to $226,000 in 2002. The increase was primarily attributable to additional taxes paid in India and additional state taxes paid in the United States.
35
The Government of India imposed a one time tax on 10.0% of the profits generated by export oriented IT services firms in India during the Indian tax year of April 1, 2002 through March 31, 2003. As a result, our earnings in India for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2002 were subject to this tax. Income taxes paid in India in 2002 totaled $105,000. Our earnings in India in 2001 were not subject to income taxes.
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change increased from a loss of $1.3 million in 2001 to income of $6.4 million in 2002. As a percentage of revenue, income before cumulative effect of accounting change increased from a loss of 1.8% in 2001 to a gain of 7.8% in 2002.
Cumulative effect of accounting change
In 2002, we recorded a non-cash charge of $2.0 million to reduce the carrying value of goodwill related to our 1999 acquisition of Megatec Pty Limited in Australia. This non-cash charge was recorded as a cumulative effect of an accounting change.
Net income (loss)
Net income increased from a net loss of $1.3 million in 2001 to a gain of $4.4 million in 2002. As a percentage of revenue, net income increased from a loss of 1.8% in 2001 to a gain of 5.3% in 2002.
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table represents unaudited statement of operations data for our most recent eight fiscal quarters. You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations of any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.
| | Three months ended
|
---|
| | Mar. 31, 2002
| | June 30, 2002
| | Sept. 30, 2002
| | Dec. 31, 2002
| | Mar. 31, 2003
| | June 30, 2003
| | Sept. 30, 2003
| | Dec. 31, 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | (in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
---|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net revenues | | $ | 17,735 | | $ | 20,437 | | $ | 22,415 | | $ | 22,002 | | $ | 22,115 | | $ | 25,898 | | $ | 27,410 | | $ | 31,730 |
Gross profit | | | 7,412 | | | 8,253 | | | 10,028 | | | 9,919 | | | 9,969 | | | 11,551 | | | 12,487 | | | 14,471 |
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change | | | 681 | | | 1,459 | | | 2,142 | | | 2,139 | | | 2,159 | | | 2,580 | | | 3,098 | | | 3,295 |
Net income (loss) | | | (1,362 | ) | | 1,459 | | | 2,142 | | | 2,139 | | | 2,159 | | | 2,580 | | | 3,098 | | | 3,295 |
Pro forma diluted income (loss) per share (1) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- (1)
- The pro forma diluted per share data reflects the weighted effect of the assumed recapitalization of all of our outstanding capital stock into shares of our common stock that will take place immediately prior to the closing of this offering and a stock split of our common stock that will take place immediately following the recapitalization and immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We have financed our operations from inception primarily through cash flow from operations, sales of shares of equity securities and our credit facility.
As of December 31, 2003, we had cash and cash equivalents amounting to $17.4 million. Certain clients requested advance billing for work performed in December in order to facilitate their year-end
36
closings. Many of these invoices were paid by the end of December, which caused an increase in cash as compared to previous months. We expect that cash will be reduced in the first quarter of 2004 as we return to a normal billing cycle. In addition, annual employee bonuses are scheduled to be paid in the first quarter and costs associated with this offering may be incurred.
Cash provided by operations was $14.8 million in 2003 and $7.7 million in 2002. Cash provided in 2003 was attributable to net income of $11.1 million, plus adjustments for depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expense items of $400,000, a net change in working capital of $2.9 million and a tax benefit of $300,000 related to our stock option plan. Cash provided in 2002 was attributable to net income of $4.4 million, plus adjustments for depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expense items of $2.6 million and a net change in working capital of $800,000.
The non-cash items in 2003 consisted primarily of depreciation and amortization of $3.3 million offset by equity in earnings of affiliate of $2.1 million. Earnings from our affiliate, SSS, are reflected in non-cash items as a use of cash in the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows. When dividends are received from SSS, they are reflected as an investing activity. The non-cash items in 2002 consisted primarily of depreciation and amortization of $2.7 million and the cumulative effect of accounting change of $2.0 million offset by equity in earnings of affiliate of $2.3 million.
Accounts receivable decreased by $700,000 in 2003, of which $600,000 was a result of a weakening of U.S. dollar exchange rates in Australia and the United Kingdom throughout 2003. Despite the increase in revenues in 2003, accounts receivable was mostly unchanged due to the fact that certain customers prepaid December billings. Accounts receivable increased by $1.9 million in 2002 due to increases in revenues. Other assets increased by $1.3 million in 2003 due to deferred equity transaction costs of approximately $500,000, advances to vendors relative to the build-out of leased property in India of $300,000, security deposits on additional lease property in India of $200,000 and increases in prepaid expenses in India of $200,000. Other assets increased by $400,000 in 2002 primarily due to additional prepaid software licenses. Trade payables decreased by $500,000 in 2003 primarily due to a reduction in accounts payable in Australia and was unchanged in 2002.
Other liabilities increased by $4.0 million in 2003 and $3.1 million in 2002. This was due primarily to increased accrued compensation of approximately $3.6 million in 2003 and $2.6 million in 2002, which was the result of the timing of payroll, an increased number of employees and increased bonus accruals.
Cash used in investing activities was $5.2 million in 2003 and $1.5 million in 2002. In 2003, we used $6.0 million to acquire additional property, plant and equipment, which was offset by the receipt of dividends from SSS in the amount of $800,000. In 2002, we used $2.8 million to acquire additional property, plant and equipment, which was offset by the receipt of dividends from SSS in the amount of $1.2 million.
Cash used in financing activities was $2.3 million in 2003 and $1.4 million in 2002. These funds were used for payments on our credit facility, long-term debt and related-party debt. Related-party debt represents funds borrowed from our early stage investors and founders. In 2003, cash used in repayment of debt was partially offset by $600,000 of cash provided by the exercise of stock options. We did not engage in any financing activities in 2003 or 2002 (other than borrowings under our credit facility).
The effect of exchange rates on cash was an increase of $20,000 in 2003 and a use of $32,000 in 2002.
We have a $7.5 million revolving line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank, all of which was available as of December 31, 2003. Our credit facility is secured by the grant of a security interest in all of our
37
assets in favor of the bank. Advances made under our credit facility accrue interest at a per annum rate of 50 basis points (0.50%) to 150 basis points (1.50%) above the prime rate based on our profitability. Our credit facility expires on April 30, 2004; however, we intend to renew it.
We expect that our capital expenditures for 2004 will be approximately $35 million, primarily consisting of our commitments relating to the construction of our new delivery center in Hyderabad, India and the expansion of our delivery center in Pune, India. Otherwise, we have no material commitments for capital expenditures in 2004.
Based upon our current level of operations, we expect that our cash flow from operations, together with the proceeds of this offering and the amounts we are able to borrow under our credit facility, will be adequate to meet our anticipated needs for at least the next two years. Although we currently have no specific plans to do so, to the extent we decide to pursue one or more significant strategic acquisitions, we will likely incur additional debt or sell additional equity to finance those acquisitions.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, investments in special purpose entities or undisclosed borrowings or debt. In addition, we have not entered into any derivative contracts (other than those described below in "—Qualitative and quantitative disclosures about market risk") or any synthetic leases.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
We have no long-term debt, and, as of December 31, 2003, we had the following contractual obligations:
| | Payments due by period
|
---|
| | Total
| | Less than 1 year
| | 1-3 years
| | 3-5 years
| | More than 5 years
|
---|
|
---|
| | (in thousands)
|
---|
Operating leases(1) | | $ | 3,142 | | $ | 1,551 | | $ | 1,106 | | $ | 485 | | — |
Purchase obligations(2) | | $ | 1,393 | | $ | 1,393 | | | — | | | — | | — |
- (1)
- Our obligations under our operating leases consist of payments related to our real estate leases.
- (2)
- Our purchase obligations consist of $275,000 for the purchase of software and $1.1 million for the repurchase of certain shares of our capital stock. We completed the repurchase of these shares in January 2004.
We intend to use approximately $45 million of the net proceeds of this offering to construct a new delivery center in Hyderabad, India and to expand our delivery center in Pune, India. As of December 31, 2003, we did not have any contractual obligations with respect to these proposed expenditures.
QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We transact business primarily in U.S. dollars. We are subject, however, to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates in those countries where we conduct business. We have historically entered into, and we may enter into in the future, forward foreign currency exchange contracts to hedge certain commitments in Australian dollars. The purpose of this foreign currency hedging activity is to protect us from the risk that the eventual cash flows from sales of third-party software licenses
38
and maintenance contracts to Australian customers will be adversely affected by changes in the exchange rate. We are in the process of developing a foreign currency exchange management policy, which, if adopted, would authorize us to hedge our exposure to the Indian rupee to offset the effects of changes in the exchange rate. However, we do not currently hedge any foreign currency exposure to offset the effects of changes in exchange rates.
We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative trading purposes.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" which requires the consolidation of variable interest entities (VIEs). VIEs are entities for which control is achieved through means other than voting rights. The consolidation requirements of FIN No. 46 were applicable immediately to all VIEs in which an interest was acquired after January 31, 2003. For VIEs in which an interest was acquired before February 1, 2003, the consolidation requirements of FIN No. 46 are generally effective at the end of 2004. We are not party to any VIE arrangements.
39
Business
OVERVIEW
We are a global provider of information technology, or IT, services and solutions focused on the financial services industry. We combine technical expertise with deep industry knowledge to offer a broad suite of services, including business process and technology advice, software package selection and integration, application development, maintenance and support, network and system security and specialized services, through our global delivery model. Our three-tier global delivery model combines onsite client relationship teams, senior technical and industry experts at our offsite regional service centers and cost-effective global delivery centers in India. The three tiers of our global delivery model help us to provide our clients with value-enhancing solutions using a seamless, consistent and cost-effective client service approach.
We focus on the financial services industry and provide our services primarily to credit card issuers, commercial and retail lending institutions, securities and investment management firms and insurance companies. In providing our services, we utilize a wide array of technologies to develop customized solutions that address our clients' specific needs. As of December 31, 2003, Household International (and its affiliates within the HSBC Group), Morgan Stanley, CitiFinancial, Development Bank of Singapore, ABN-AMRO and Sun Life Financial were among our top clients. Over 94.2% of our services revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003 came from clients for whom we provided services in the prior year and over 89.1% of our services revenues in that period came from clients for whom we have provided services in each year since 2000.
We maintain high quality standards for the delivery of our services and the attraction and retention of our employees. In 2003, our credit cards, lending and business intelligence software engineering practices were assessed at Capability Maturity Model (CMM) Level 5, the highest level certification from the Software Engineering Institute of Carnegie Mellon University. A CMM assessment measures the quality of an organization's management and software engineering practices. We believe that we were one of the first organizations to have been assessed at CMM Level 5 across both our onsite and offsite operations. In addition, we have been ISO 9001-certified each year since 2001. ISO 9001 is an international standard for quality management systems maintained by the International Organization of Standardization. Our ability to deliver our high quality services to our clients is dependent upon our ability to attract and retain the highest quality employees. From 2001 through 2003, we retained an average of 90% of our employees. As of December 31, 2003, we had 2,323 employees, an increase of 154.7% since December 31, 2000, including 2,001 technical personnel.
We have operated our business since 1989 and are headquartered in suburban Chicago. We have operations and clients around the world, with regional offices located in eight countries and delivery centers in Pune and Hyderabad, India where 1,635 developers were based as of December 31, 2003.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
Current dynamics in global IT
The role of IT has evolved from simply supporting business enterprises to enabling their expansion and transformation. To succeed in today's marketplace, companies must respond rapidly to market trends, create new business models and improve productivity. In this dynamic, competitive environment, decisions with respect to technology have become increasingly important. In addition, multiple technology platforms and an enhanced emphasis on security and back-up facilities have increased the complexity and cost of IT systems, resulting in greater IT-related risks. This increased complexity, cost
40
and risk has created a growing need for specialists with experience in leveraging technology to support business strategy and expansion.
Due to the recent global economic downturn, many companies were forced to reduce their IT budgets and chief information officers placed a greater emphasis on closely managing IT spending. However, industry analysts believe that the long-term growth prospects for the global IT services market are positive. Gartner estimates that the global IT services market will grow from $578.6 billion in 2003 to $727.8 billion in 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 5.9%.
In order to improve their return on investments, IT departments of many companies have placed a greater emphasis on lowering costs and improving performance by accessing the latest technology expertise and accelerating the delivery of new systems and solutions. To accomplish these objectives, many IT departments have shifted all or a portion of their IT development, integration and maintenance requirements to outside IT service providers that provide high quality, timely and cost-effective services. This outsourcing enables companies to eliminate or reduce the large in-house IT staff otherwise required to evaluate, implement and manage IT initiatives, thereby reducing their present and future investment requirements.
Increasing trend towards offshore delivery of IT services
To attain high quality IT services at a lower cost, companies are turning to providers with a global delivery model that combines onsite client teams with offshore delivery centers. IT service providers with offshore delivery capabilities that are able to provide services at a lower cost are now being recognized for the quality of their services, their responsiveness to clients and their on-time delivery capabilities. Requests for proposals from potential clients often require significant detail about offshore delivery capabilities. As a result, a large number of technology and IT services companies have begun to incorporate offshore operations into their own business models.
India has become the preferred source of global IT services. According to a May 2003 survey by Computerworld and InterUnity Group, 38% of the corporate IT managers surveyed said they were outsourcing IT work to India. This is more than six times higher than the second highest ranked country, China, with 6%. A NASSCOM report published in 2003 indicates that the total Indian software and IT-enabled services export value was nearly $10 billion in 2003 and total IT exports were projected to grow to $50 billion by 2008.
There are several key factors contributing to this growth.
- –>
- High quality delivery. According to DATAQUEST, as of October 2003, 75% of the world's CMM Level 5-assessed organizations have development centers in India.
- –>
- Accelerated delivery. The utilization of the Indian IT talent pool gives IT service providers the ability to accelerate delivery timetables through round-the-clock execution spanning multiple time zones. For example, IT problems identified late in the day in the United States can be handled by offshore personnel in India and resolved before the start of the next business day in the United States.
- –>
- Significant cost benefits. According to a McKinsey Global Institute report published in August 2003, U.S. companies could potentially save 65% to 70% in initial costs by utilizing offshore processes primarily due to the difference in wages paid to U.S. employees as compared to their Indian counterparts. A NASSCOM report published in 2003 indicates that the average Indian IT employee cost per year is one-sixth of a comparable U.S. employee.
41
- –>
- Abundant skilled professionals. India is regarded as having one of the largest pools of English-speaking IT talent in the world. A NASSCOM survey in February 2003 noted that approximately 167,000 of India's 1.5 million total annual university graduates are engineering students.
Utilizing a global delivery model presents a number of challenges to IT service providers. The global implementation of value-added IT services requires providers to continually attract, train and retain highly skilled software development professionals with the advanced technical skills necessary to keep pace with continuing changes in the IT industry, evolving industry standards and changing customer requirements. These skills are necessary to design, develop and deploy high-quality technology solutions in a cost-effective and timely manner. In addition, IT service providers must have the infrastructure and communications capabilities to seamlessly integrate onsite and offsite execution capabilities and deliver consistent solutions worldwide. These IT service providers must also have strong training and employee development capabilities, technology competency centers and long-term relationship development and management skills in order to compete effectively.
The need for IT services in the financial services industry
In the current market environment, the global financial services industry is faced with a number of challenges, including increased regulatory scrutiny, growing competition and ongoing domestic and international consolidation. Many financial institutions are faced with the difficult task of complying with constantly changing regulatory compliance standards, such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In addition, for many financial institutions customer service has become a key differentiator. As a result, providing rapid access to, and delivery of, real-time information and implementing solutions and processes that minimize system downtime are vital to the success of these financial institutions. However, providing these solutions and processes internally is often more costly and time-consuming than outsourcing these services. Furthermore, given the cyclicality of the financial services industry, companies in the markets we serve often seek to reduce their fixed-cost expenditures. Consequently, companies within the financial services industry are looking externally for solutions that allow them to reduce costs and improve performance.
These key business drivers and specific needs of companies within the financial services industry have contributed to the demand for global IT services. Gartner estimates that total global IT services spending within the financial services industry will increase from $123.1 billion in 2003 to $154.3 billion in 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 5.8%. According to Gartner, the financial services industry will account for 21.2% of total global IT services spending from 2003 to 2007, the highest percentage of any single industry sector.
With the current market dynamics and rising importance of IT services and solutions within the financial services industry, it is important for IT service providers to have industry-specific knowledge and expertise. Many financial services companies are now demanding that external solutions providers have the expertise of their in-house IT staff. As such, the importance of developing IT services solutions that are industry focused and address client needs is rapidly expanding.
OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
We believe our competitive strengths have allowed us to successfully create a sustainable and scalable global IT services business.
Deep industry expertise
We have developed specialized expertise in the financial services industry, with a specific focus on credit card issuers, commercial and retail lending institutions, securities and investment management
42
firms and insurance companies. Our industry focus has enabled us to acquire a thorough understanding of clients' business issues and applicable technologies, which allows us to deliver services and solutions specifically tailored to each client's needs. We combine our deep knowledge of industry practices and challenges with an understanding of our clients' requirements to provide high quality, timely services. Because we focus on the financial services industry, our teams are able to apply these skills to multiple client projects and rapidly take on new engagements.
Three-tier global delivery model
We serve our clients through our three-tier global delivery model. This approach allows us to provide to each of our clients:
- –>
- a relationship management team at the client's location;
- –>
- an offsite team of technology and industry experts at one of our regional delivery centers; and
- –>
- an application development, maintenance and support team at one of our delivery centers in India.
We believe the processes and technology infrastructure comprising our three-tier global delivery model enable us to effectively integrate our onsite and offsite execution capabilities to deliver seamless, consistent services on a global basis.
The key benefits of our approach include the responsiveness and accessibility of an onsite team, readily available offsite technology and industry experts and the economic leverage of a technical offshore delivery center. Our delivery model is based on an integrated set of ISO 9001-certified and CMM Level 5-assessed processes that are designed to provide effective project management and enable us to maintain flexibility to customize our delivery methods based on clients' unique requirements.
Commitment to attracting, developing and retaining the highest quality employees
We believe we have established a business culture throughout Kanbay that enables us to attract and retain the best available industry talent. Our approach combines a values-based culture, a commitment to ongoing learning and development and excellent economic benefits. For example, in 2003, our IT professionals received an average of 96 hours of classroom and computer-based development training to ensure that we are providing our clients with the most current techniques, approaches and processes.
We have developed a worldwide recruiting network designed to attract high quality talent from universities and companies in the financial services industry. In addition, we maintain a broad range of employee support programs, including relocation assistance, a comprehensive benefits package, career planning and incentive plans. From 2001 to 2003, we retained an average of 90% of our employees. We believe that our high employee retention rate provides tangible benefits to our clients, such as low employee turnover on long-term engagements, retention of knowledge which can be applied to new projects, consistent quality at all of our locations and competent and responsive personnel.
Long-term client relationships
We have long-standing relationships with many large, international companies within the financial services industry. We focus on building enduring relationships with both existing and new clients and strive to achieve close interaction at every level of their organizations. Our ability to successfully deliver consistent, seamless solutions on a global basis combined with our deep knowledge of the financial services industry helps us expand the breadth and scope of our engagements with existing clients. We manage client relationships with our relationship development methodology, which helps migrate our clients over time from discrete initial engagements to longer-term, recurring projects. Each client is assigned a manager who facilitates consistent and open communication through regularly
43
scheduled contact, including client service scorecards and reports and a client-specific engagement plan. We believe that this disciplined approach is an essential element of our success in building and maintaining client relationships. Over 94.2% of our services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 came from clients for whom we provided services in the prior year and over 89.1% of our services revenue in that period came from clients for whom we have provided services in each year since 2000.
As an example, our relationship with Household International began in 1990 as a standard vendor relationship with a small number of our employees performing onsite staff augmentation work. By 1995, we had expanded the engagement to approximately 150 employees and began to leverage our offshore capability. The engagement continued to grow, both in the number of employees and the complexity and scope of projects and we had expanded to approximately 375 employees by 2001. As of December 31, 2003, we had approximately 1,200 employees assigned to engagements with Household International (and its affiliates within the HSBC Group), which generated $57.0 million in revenues in the year ended December 31, 2003.
Scalable global business model
We believe that the combination of our three-tier global delivery model and our financial services industry focus allows us to quickly deploy project teams to engage new projects and rapidly meet client needs. The professionals at our delivery centers possess diversified skills sets that reflect our organizational capabilities. In addition, our ability to recruit, train and deploy new employees allows us to execute new engagements in a timely and cost-effective manner.
OUR STRATEGY
In order to enhance our position as a global IT services company focused on providing technology solutions to the financial services industry, we focus on the following key elements of our strategy:
Diversify and develop our client base
We intend to develop additional long-term client relationships within the global financial services industry. Our goal is to diversify our client base by obtaining new clients and expanding our existing relationships through additional engagements. We intend to accomplish this diversification by continuing to have our senior management members actively pursue market opportunities and our dedicated sales and marketing teams seek leads, identify potential engagements and educate clients about our services. We have a dedicated new client business development team focused solely on generating engagements with new clients. Shortly after engaging a new client, we implement a relationship development methodology, which is utilized by client managers to migrate our client relationships from initial engagement to deep, longer-term and strategic client relationships. We believe that our balanced business development approach will enable us to continually diversify and develop our client base.
Expand our service offerings and solutions
We seek to expand the services and solutions we offer to the global financial services industry. To achieve this expansion, we have established a disciplined process pursuant to which we analyze market requirements, test initial solution concepts, design and construct solutions and take them to market. We have a dedicated team that is responsible for developing new solutions. This team cooperates with our marketing and sales support group, our industry practice group and our IT professionals to gauge market acceptance, conduct product testing and then implement our solutions for our clients. Our team, often in collaboration with our clients, focuses on emerging trends, new technologies and
44
pervasive business issues confronting companies in the financial services industry. We will continue to build our expertise in emerging technologies by anticipating and responding to client needs.
Deepen our financial services expertise
Our focus on the financial services industry has allowed us to develop a high level of expertise in both the market sectors we serve and the technologies that support them. We maintain in-house training programs to provide employees at all levels with both the relevant industry knowledge and the latest technical skills. In order to broaden our capabilities, we will continue to forge alliances with leading technology software providers on client engagements. For example, we have worked with IBM's software and developer groups to create strategic solutions using their Websphere Commerce and Portal products. This and our other alliances allow us to gain knowledge of emerging technologies in a mutually beneficial and cost-competitive manner. We also intend to pursue selective acquisitions that augment our existing skill sets, industry expertise and client base.
Continue to attract and retain highly skilled IT professionals
We believe that our employees are our most valuable asset. Our goal is to continue to attract, develop, motivate, retain and effectively utilize highly skilled IT professionals. We have a worldwide recruiting network and programs for enhancing employee retention and development, including relocation assistance, a comprehensive benefits package, career planning services and performance-based incentive plans. We believe that our management structure and employee organization maximizes our ability to efficiently expand our professional IT staff in response to client needs.
Enhance our brand visibility
We believe that we are building a premium brand identity in the marketplace. We intend to continue to invest in the development of our brand through efforts such as industry analyst events, sponsorship of and participation in financial services industry conferences, trade shows, community outreach and investor relations. We believe that a strong Kanbay brand will continue to facilitate our growth both in terms of revenue and people and enable us to continue to offer higher value solutions to our clients.
OUR SERVICES
We offer a broad suite of services to companies in the financial services industry that combine our industry expertise and technology capabilities. Our service offerings are fully integrated and include the following:
- –>
- business process and technology advisory services;
- –>
- software package selection and integration;
- –>
- application development, maintenance and support;
- –>
- network and system security; and
- –>
- specialized services.
We do not track, market or sell our services based on these categories, as most of our client engagements span multiple and in some cases all of our service offerings. Instead, we have provided the following categorized descriptions of our service offerings for illustrative purposes.
Business process and technology advisory services
We assist our clients by first understanding their business objectives and then informing clients of the options available and recommending the solution that is most appropriate to accomplish their objective
45
in a cost-effective and timely manner. Through our business process and technology advisory services, we deploy our senior consultants and industry and technical experts to advise clients about how to best address business challenges and achieve objectives through the appropriate use of technology. Our consultants and experts offer industry perspectives and best practices in order to assist our clients with defining, optimizing and aligning their business objectives and IT initiatives.
Software package selection and integration
We assist our clients in the selection and integration of software packages developed by third party vendors. Our employees have expertise in various software packages spanning our target sectors within the financial services industry, including electronic notification software for the banking industry, real-time credit card transaction processing applications, application and payment processing solutions for insurance companies and portfolio accounting applications for investment management firms.
Our integration teams focus on building reusable components, solutions and frameworks for the software products that we support. Examples of our integration services include:
- –>
- software development and maintenance for both product vendors and end-user clients;
- –>
- client-specific enhancements to third party software;
- –>
- enterprise-wide integration of existing applications; and
- –>
- implementation of software packages.
Application development, maintenance and support
We provide application development, maintenance and support services for our clients' technology platforms, from web servers to legacy mainframes. Our application development capabilities span the software development life cycle, including defining software requirements, writing software programs and designing, prototyping, building, integrating, producing and implementing custom applications. Typical projects include:
- –>
- developing and customizing applications to meet our clients' specific needs;
- –>
- integrating new systems or reengineering legacy systems;
- –>
- performing updates to regulatory compliance systems;
- –>
- maintaining and enhancing critical applications;
- –>
- increasing performance of legacy applications; and
- –>
- web-enabling systems for increased accessibility and usability.
Our maintenance and support services provide round-the-clock assistance for our clients' software applications. The services we offer to support these applications include fixing production errors, supporting inbound calls for application assistance, performing periodic version upgrades and regulatory compliance updates and providing application enhancements. These services are designed to provide clients with stable and predictable software systems, reduce or eliminate down-time, seamlessly integrate applications and add functionality to accommodate new business processes and assure regulatory compliance.
Network and system security
Our network and system security services include consulting on internet security assessment and strategy, developing internet security solutions and reviewing and monitoring internet security on an ongoing basis. In addition, we implement network and system security solutions such as identity
46
authentication, encryption, firewalls, intrusion detection, anti-virus shields, virtual private networks, content management, application traffic management and biometrics. We have entered into reseller agreements with certain network and system security software vendors to license and support their software products.
Specialized services
We continually look for additional opportunities to provide solutions to our clients through certain specialized services. These specialized service offerings include:
- –>
- Business intelligence. Our business intelligence services utilize our tools and third party software to enable our clients to discover trends in their internal business or customer data and compare those trends to market data. For example, we provide to certain credit card issuers a tool that enables them to develop a comprehensive profile of their credit card customers by organizing and recording such data as demographic information, browsing behavior and purchase history. This tool helps these clients measure customer attrition rates, customer profitability and certain other factors.
- –>
- Application management outsourcing. We recently formed our majority-owned subsidiary, Kanbay Managed Solutions, Inc., to pursue application management outsourcing (AMO) opportunities. Through our AMO services, we assume the management of selected business software applications. Our AMO solutions are tailored according to our clients' needs and specifications and may include employing clients' existing application support employees, transitioning to new applications, transforming legacy applications and executing longer-term service level agreements.
- –>
- Application testing and validation. Our application testing and validation services offer a unique pay-per-use model that enables clients to minimize costs by paying for these services as needed instead of employing a full-time in-house IT staff. Our experience with a wide range of testing and validation tools, when combined with our focus on the financial services industry, provide clients high quality and rigorous testing and validation solutions.
OUR CLIENTS
We provide our services to companies in the financial services industry with a particular focus on credit card issuers, commercial and retail lending institutions, securities and investment management firms and insurance companies.
Credit card issuers
We provide our services to various bank card and retail (private label) credit card issuers, payment processors and technology vendors. We have long-standing relationships with credit card issuers around the world, such as Household International, CitiFinancial, Development Bank of Singapore and HDFC Bank. We deliver our services to clients in the United States, the United Kingdom, Europe, Asia, Australia and the Caribbean.
We provide our services to these clients to help them accomplish various objectives, including:
- –>
- improving their ability to process new and existing accounts;
- –>
- collecting delinquent accounts;
- –>
- organizing demographic information and customer purchasing history for marketing to new accounts;
- –>
- enhancing their customer service capabilities; and
47
- –>
- streamlining their processes for credit approval and financial authorization.
For example, we were engaged by a large retail credit card issuer with approximately 1,000,000 customers that had decided to replace its existing credit card processing application in order to achieve additional functionality and ease of support. After several failed attempts to install the new software it had selected, our client was considering abandoning its proposed software upgrade. We were initially engaged by the client to analyze the viability of the new software and provide a roadmap for its implementation. Upon receipt of our analysis and roadmap, the client engaged us to customize and implement the software, which we accomplished in a twelve-month period by utilizing our proprietary methodology and implementing the new, customized software as a turnkey solution.
Commercial and retail lending institutions
The commercial and retail lending institutions we serve include multi-national commercial and retail banks and consumer finance companies around the world. These institutions include such market leaders as Household International (and its affiliates within the HSBC Group), CitiFinancial, ABN-AMRO, American General Finance (an affiliate of AIG) and Maybank (Bank of Malaysia). We deliver our services to clients in the United States, Asia, Australia and the Caribbean.
Our solutions help these institutions:
- –>
- enhance their product offerings by decreasing loan approval times and providing easier access to product information;
- –>
- add new functions to existing systems to meet governmental regulatory and compliance requirements;
- –>
- lower costs by decreasing system processing times and creating more efficient processes; and
- –>
- increase customer satisfaction by providing easy access to account information.
For example, a Fortune 200 client in the global banking and consumer finance industry needed to link several disparate loan application systems to a unified approval system that provided real-time approvals or rejections to over 5,000 auto dealers. We believe we were engaged because of our integration experience and the flexibility and cost-effectiveness of our three-tier global delivery model. We developed a customized web-based solution that leveraged IBM's Websphere suite, provided a single portal to connect the client's loan approval systems and third-party credit bureaus and employed standardized technologies to accommodate the disparate software platforms used by the various auto dealers.
Securities and investment management firms
We serve various securities and investment management firms, including asset management institutions, securities brokerage firms, private wealth management firms, investment banking institutions, securities exchanges and hedge funds. These clients include such market leaders as HSBC, Morgan Stanley and SunGard Investment Management Systems. We deliver our services to clients in North America and Europe.
Our services to these clients enhance their ability to:
- –>
- match clients with relevant market research and trading opportunities;
- –>
- track employee performance against sales targets;
- –>
- enable their customers to utilize extranet sites to view reports generated from multiple internal systems;
48
- –>
- increase fund accountant productivity; and
- –>
- improve access to portfolio accounting data.
For example, we were engaged by an investment bank to implement and integrate a commercial software package that managed the transaction approval process for its fixed-income group. We believe we were selected because of our specific knowledge of the client's business operations, technical expertise and experience with the software package. The solution we implemented seamlessly integrated the new software into the client's existing software platform and operations. In addition, we conducted various training programs for the client's employees on how to properly utilize the new solution, which enabled the client to abandon its manual, paper-based process in favor of our more efficient, web-based solution. Our solution is also capable of tracking proposals to ensure compliance with both the client's internal standards and applicable government regulations.
Insurance companies
The insurance companies we serve include life, property and casualty, health, commercial and supplemental life insurance companies. These clients include such companies as Sun Life Financial, Winterhur Life, Advocate Health and The Regence Group (an affiliate of Blue Cross and Blue Shield). We provide our services to clients in the United States and Asia.
We design, develop and implement solutions for our insurance clients that:
- –>
- enable rapid entry into new geographic markets by reducing programming hours;
- –>
- provide insurance agents and policyholders easy access to policy information via the web;
- –>
- reduce the cost of ensuring state-by-state regulatory compliance by leveraging our global delivery model;
- –>
- simplify and automate policyholder billing and payment processes, reducing customer inquiries and needed support staff; and
- –>
- reduce testing costs by creating a comprehensive testing environment for both initial deployment and ongoing system testing.
For example, we were engaged by an insurance company that needed to design and implement a comprehensive billing system to process multiple and frequent billing transactions, such as installment payments and refunds, in compliance with differing regulations and standards that varied depending on which of its business units was involved and the state of residence of the insurance company's customer. We believe we were selected because of our knowledge of the insurance industry and our technical experience with large, complex integrated systems. Our solution provided a comprehensive, web-based application that utilized various technologies, which we integrated with the client's other systems on time and within budget.
49
For information regarding our revenues by geographic area, please see note 15 to our consolidated financial statements.
OUR GLOBAL DELIVERY MODEL
We believe that our three-tier global delivery model is a significant competitive strength for us because it provides the following benefits to our clients:
- –>
- responsiveness and accessibility of a relationship team at the client's location;
- –>
- readily available offsite senior technical and industry experts;
- –>
- economic leverage of a technical global delivery center;
- –>
- the ability to accelerate delivery timetables by simultaneously processing project components at different locations;
- –>
- round-the-clock execution capability spanning multiple time zones;
- –>
- access to a large pool of highly skilled and experienced IT professionals;
- –>
- physical and operational separation of client projects to provide enhanced security; and
- –>
- a knowledge management solution that enables us to leverage our global financial services industry expertise.
The objective of our three-tier global delivery model is to effectively integrate our onsite and offsite execution capabilities to deliver seamless, consistent services on a global basis. For most engagements, a multi-site team of our employees is assembled that includes a relationship management team at the client's location, offsite senior technical and industry experts at one of our regional service centers and an application development, maintenance and support team at one of our delivery centers in India. The client's system is then connected to our system to enable simultaneous processing of project components by our onsite and offsite personnel. Our onsite and offsite project managers have joint accountability for each project.
Our regional service centers are typically located in the client's region to offer technical and industry expertise and timely responses. Our delivery centers in Pune and Hyderabad, India offer technology and industry expertise in addition to cost-effective delivery. We intend to expand our facilities in Pune, India and to commence construction of a new facility in Hyderabad, India to replace the delivery center that we currently lease.
Our quality control programs and processes are designed to proactively identify and effectively resolve potential problems. Our programs and processes are CMM Level 5-assessed on a global basis. In addition, we have been ISO 9001-certified each year since 2001. Our quality control employees track relevant metrics to ensure adherence to our processes, conduct periodic internal quality audits of our projects to facilitate project level defect prevention and perform various process improvement activities.
Our significant investment in our communications infrastructure is designed to provide uninterrupted service to our clients. Our communications infrastructure is composed of redundant high-speed optical fiber, backup satellite links and multiple path routing between our delivery centers in India and our clients' facilities. Our delivery centers in India rely on high-speed fiber optic intra-company connectivity and an on-premises satellite earth station for redundancy. In addition, our proprietary software tools provide our clients real-time access to global project status reports and a searchable central repository for project documents. These tools also enable us to monitor and synchronize
50
different versions of software development projects being worked on in multiple centers and minimize management overhead costs.
GLOBAL BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT
We market our services through our global business development group, which is divided into the following groups:
- –>
- marketing and sales support;
- –>
- new client business development;
- –>
- industry practice group and alliance management leaders; and
- –>
- client account managers supported by our relationship practices group.
Our sales approach emphasizes our combination of deep knowledge of the financial services industry, technical expertise and reliable delivery of cost-effective solutions. The goals of our sales approach include increasing the average order amount, decreasing the length of the sales cycle, developing new and innovative business solutions and expanding our relationships with existing clients to achieve close interaction at every level of their organizations.
As of December 31, 2003, we had 12 marketing and sales support employees, 14 new client business development employees, four industry practice leaders, one alliance management leader and 19 client account managers. Our relationship practices group, which supports our client account managers, had five members.
Marketing and sales support
Our marketing and sales support group is primarily responsible for generating meetings with prospective clients through sales calls, membership in industry associations, attendance at trade shows and participation in industry conferences and events. Our marketing and sales support group also maintains contact with industry analysts and experts, conducts semi-annual client satisfaction surveys and tracks competitor and industry information and news. These efforts allow us to stay abreast of trends in the financial services industry.
The marketing and sales support group also maintains a prospective client database, which is updated and utilized throughout the sales cycle from qualification of a prospective client to the execution of a negotiated contract. This group also pre-qualifies sales opportunities to increase the efficiency of the new client business development group.
New client business development
Our new client business development group consists of experienced sales professionals responsible for initiating relationships and closing engagements with the prospective clients identified by our marketing and sales support group. This group utilizes industry and IT expertise to:
- –>
- develop and execute target account penetration strategies;
- –>
- determine the scope, delivery schedule and strategy for proposed engagements;
- –>
- develop pricing estimates for proposed client engagements; and
- –>
- finalize sales proposals and assist in the negotiation and closing of new client engagements.
51
The new client business development representatives work with our IT professionals to define the scope, deliverables, assumptions and execution strategies for a proposed project and to build project estimates, prepare pricing and margin analysis and finalize the sale proposal.
Industry practice group and alliance management leaders
Our industry practice group and alliance management leaders interact with the other parts of our global business development group. Industry practice group leaders cooperate with our marketing and sales support group to develop new solutions based on trends in the financial services industry and provide the training and expertise necessary to enable our IT professionals to deliver new solutions. Industry practice group leaders are also involved with expanding existing relationships and assuring client satisfaction.
Our alliance management leader establishes relationships with complementary IT service firms, software manufacturers and computer hardware manufacturers to generate referral business. Our alliances range from short-term tactical relationships focused on specific engagements to long-term strategic relationships.
Client account managers
After the new client business development group successfully closes an engagement with a new client, a client account manager is assigned to the client. Client account managers are primarily responsible for expanding existing relationships and assuring client satisfaction. They also develop a strong understanding of our clients' business models and needs. Client account managers work with industry practice groups to identify potential new business opportunities, based on their assessment of the client and trends in the financial services industry.
Our client account managers are supported by our relationship practices group. This group consists of representatives that are responsible for maintaining our relationships with our larger, more complex clients, including Household International, which is our largest client. The relationship practices group shares its client relationship management expertise with our client account managers so they can expand the breadth and depth of our business relationships with existing clients from the initial stages where we are viewed by the client as one of many IT services vendors to a more advanced stage where the client views us as a trusted advisor that is an integral part of its business.
SSS HOLDINGS CORPORATION LIMITED
As of December 31, 2003, we held 49.1% of the ownership interest in SSS Holdings Corporation Limited (SSS), which we originally acquired in November 2000 in exchange for 1,120,254 shares of our Class A Common Stock valued at approximately $15.9 million. SSS is a Liverpool, England based IT services firm focused primarily on providing software maintenance and development and business process outsourcing services to U.K. securities firms. For the year ended December 31, 2003, SSS had revenues of £33.5 million, or approximately $54.7 million, and our share of the earnings of SSS provided us with $2.1 million of equity in earnings of affiliate.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
We do not rely on patents and do not believe that patents are important to our business. We rely upon a combination of trade secrets and nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements to protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary methodologies. It is our policy to enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and consultants, and we generally control access to and distribution of our proprietary information. We pursue the registration of certain of our trademarks and service marks
52
in the United States and other countries. We have registered "Kanbay" and our logo in the United States, New Zealand, Japan, the European Community, China and Australia.
We generally implement safeguards designed to protect our clients' intellectual property in accordance with our clients' needs and specifications. Compliance with these safeguards is the responsibility of our management and is generally monitored by our clients through inspections or audits. The safeguards we implement may include some or all of the following:
- –>
- segregation of the work area at our global delivery centers dedicated to a particular client from the work areas dedicated to other clients;
- –>
- limited, secure-access to a client's server room, with regular monitoring of entries and exits;
- –>
- separate, encrypted communication links between our global developers and the client's network;
- –>
- custom configuration of computers used for the client's project to include only the hardware and software specified by the client; and
- –>
- training programs to ensure that our employees are aware of, and sensitive to, the client's confidentiality needs.
COMPETITION
We believe that the principal competitive factors in our business include the ability to:
- –>
- strategically execute engagements to deliver value-added and reliable solutions to our clients;
- –>
- utilize industry and technical expertise to enable our clients to achieve their business objectives;
- –>
- attract, train and retain high quality IT and industry professionals;
- –>
- maintain financial strength to support investment in personnel and global infrastructure;
- –>
- complete projects on time and within budget; and
- –>
- offer cost-effective pricing of services.
We believe that we compete effectively on all of these factors.
The global IT service providers with whom we compete fall into three broad categories: offshore IT service providers, large consulting and other professional service firms and in-house IT departments of large corporations.
Offshore IT service providers generally have some sales presence and software consultants working in North America or Europe, but execute most of their work offshore. In India alone, there are over 800 offshore IT service providers, with a few top companies firmly established in the global market. The offshore IT service providers with whom we primarily compete include Cognizant Technology Solutions, Infosys Technologies and Wipro.
We also compete with large multinational IT service providers such as Accenture, BearingPoint, Cap Gemini Ernst & Young and Deloitte & Touche, many of which have established global delivery centers in such countries as India and China to leverage the cost benefits of global delivery.
We believe that we are well positioned against competition because we are one of the few companies that cater primarily to the financial services industry. Through our global delivery model, we combine our onsite and offsite capabilities to balance cost and customer proximity. Many offshore service providers have business operations primarily in India, which allows them to offer lower-cost services,
53
but their lack of onsite and offsite regional capabilities causes them to sacrifice customer proximity. On the other hand, most multi-national service providers have extensive onsite client management capabilities, but these capabilities generally include large overhead costs which increase the cost of their services. We have a strong presence in the U.S., which we believe enables us to couple proximity to customers with a strong and cost-effective global delivery and support function.
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 2003, we had 2,323 full-time employees. In North America, we have four offices, with a total of 406 employees, including 301 IT professionals and 105 sales, marketing and administrative personnel. We have one office in the United Kingdom, with a total of 16 employees. In the Asia-Pacific region, we operate from three offices in Australia and one each in Hong Kong, Singapore and Japan, with a total of 96 employees. Our India staff works from our delivery centers in Pune and Hyderabad with a total of 1,805 employees, including 1,635 IT professionals and 170 finance, recruiting, staffing, facility management and administrative personnel.
Our future performance depends, in large part, upon our ability to attract new personnel and retain existing personnel in key areas, including consulting, project management and sales. Competition for personnel is intense, and we cannot be sure that we will be successful in attracting or retaining personnel in the future. We have never had a work stoppage and no employees are represented under collective bargaining agreements.
PROPERTIES
Our principal executive offices are located in suburban Chicago, Illinois. Our delivery center in Pune, India consists of four buildings and houses an onsite satellite earth station, dedicated communication links to clients and a technology learning training center. We own one of the buildings in Pune and lease the other three. We currently lease our delivery center in Hyderabad, India. We have multiple leases for our facilities in Pune and Hyderabad. The terms of these leases vary and have expiration dates ranging from July 2004 to June 2006.
We occupy the following properties:
Location
| | Use
| | Leased or Owned
|
---|
|
---|
North America | | | | |
| Rosemont, Illinois | | Corporate Headquarters | | Leased |
| New York, New York | | Business Development | | Leased |
| Encino, California | | Business Development | | Leased |
| Toronto, Ontario, Canada | | Business Development | | Leased |
International | | | | |
| Pune, India | | Software Development | | Owned |
| Pune, India | | Software Development | | Leased |
| Pune, India | | Software Development | | Leased |
| Pune, India | | Software Development | | Leased |
| Hyderabad, India | | Software Development | | Leased |
| Brisbane, Australia | | Business Development | | Leased |
| Mitcham, Australia | | Business Development | | Leased |
| Crow's Nest, Australia | | Business Development | | Leased |
| Hong Kong | | Business/Software Development | | Leased |
| Tokyo, Japan | | Business Development | | Leased |
| Singapore | | Business Development | | Leased |
| Cambridge, United Kingdom | | Support Functions | | Leased |
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are not a party to any litigation or other legal proceedings that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.
54
Management
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
The following table sets forth certain information concerning each of our executive officers and directors:
Name
| | Age
| | Position(s)
|
---|
|
---|
Raymond J. Spencer(1) | | 53 | | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
William F. Weissman | | 45 | | Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Jean A. Cholka | | 46 | | Vice President—Global Client Management |
Cyprian D'Souza | | 48 | | Chief People Officer and Director |
Shrihari Gokhale | | 41 | | Vice President—Global Services Delivery |
Mark L. Gordon(1)(2) | | 53 | | Director |
Donald R. Caldwell(1)(3)(4) | | 57 | | Director |
Kenneth M. Harvey(2)(4) | | 43 | | Director |
B. Douglas Morriss(2)(3) | | 41 | | Director |
Michael E. Mikolajczyk(3)(4) | | 52 | | Director |
- (1)
- Member of our executive committee.
- (2)
- Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.
- (3)
- Member of our audit committee.
- (4)
- Member of our compensation committee.
Raymond J. Spencer, one of our founders and our first employee, has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, or an equivalent position, since our inception. From 1970 to 1989, Mr. Spencer was employed by the Institute of Cultural Affairs (ICA), a not-for-profit development organization. At ICA, Mr. Spencer was the country head for India from 1970 to 1976 and was later involved in worldwide fundraising, government relations and investment operations. From 1984 to 1989, Mr. Spencer served as Chairman of Lens International, Inc., a management consulting firm.
William F. Weissman joined us in 1995 as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and has been responsible for our finance, legal and administration functions since 2000. Mr. Weissman held similar senior positions in, and served as a Manager of, Kanbay LLC (our immediate predecessor company) from December 1997 to August 2000.
Jean A. Cholka joined us in January 1999 as Vice President—Human Resources and served as Vice President—Delivery from October 2000 to April 2001 and President—Kanbay North America from April 2001 to January 2003. Since January 2003, Ms. Cholka has served as Vice President—Global Client Management.
Cyprian D'Souza has been a director since August 1995 and has served as Chief People Officer since October 1995.
Shrihari Gokhale joined us in February 2001 and since that time has served as Vice President—Global Services Delivery. Prior to joining us, Mr. Gokhale was employed by Scient (formerly iXL) as Director—Strategy Practice for Boston from January 2000 to February 2001 and Accenture (formerly Andersen Consulting) as Senior Manager—Strategy Services from August 1997 to January 2000.
Mark L. Gordon has been a director since August 1998. Mr. Gordon is an attorney with the law firm of Gordon & Glickson LLC where he has been a member or equivalent position since August 1979
55
and currently serves as its Chairman. Mr. Gordon currently serves on the boards of directors of DiamondCluster International, Inc., The Rehabilitation Institute of Chicago and the Medical Research Institute Council of Chicago's Children's Memorial Hospital.
Donald R. Caldwell has been a director since August 1998. Mr. Caldwell has been elected by our preferred stockholders pursuant to our certificate of incorporation in effect prior to its contemplated amendment and restatement in connection with the closing of this offering. Since April 1999, Mr. Caldwell has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cross Atlantic Capital Partners Inc., which manages three venture capital funds, including The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P., and Cross Atlantic Technology Fund II, L.P., which are both investors in Kanbay. From February 1996 to March 1999, Mr. Caldwell was President and Chief Operating Officer of Safeguard Scientifics, Inc. Mr. Caldwell currently serves on the boards of directors of DiamondCluster International, Inc., Quaker Chemical Corporation, Haverford Trust Company, MDL Capital Management Inc., Brainspark plc, Mobile Cohesion Limited, Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts, Arts & Business Council of Greater Philadelphia, Greater Philadelphia Tourism Marketing Corporation and the Committee for Economic Development.
Kenneth M. Harvey has been a director since September 2000. Mr. Harvey has been elected pursuant to voting rights granted to Household Investment Funding, Inc., an affiliate of Household International, under our Second Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement, as amended. Mr. Harvey was appointed Group Chief Information Officer of HSBC Holdings plc, the ultimate parent company of Household International, on October 31, 2003. Mr. Harvey served as Group Executive—Chief Information Officer of Household International from July 2002 to October 31, 2003 and as Managing Director—Chief Information Officer of Household International from 1999 to July 2002.
B. Douglas Morriss has been a director since December 2003. Since January 1999, Mr. Morriss has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Morriss Holdings Inc., a family holding company, and several other private investments and family controlled private equity holdings. Mr. Morriss is the Manager of each of Kanbay Acquisition, L.L.C. and Kanbay Investment, L.L.C., which are both investors in Kanbay. In addition, Mr. Morriss is Chairman of Acartha Group and a general partner of both Hela Capital Partners, Gryphon Investments I and II and the various funds that these companies manage. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Morriss was the managing member of MJC Aircraft, LLC, an entity involved in aircraft operations. He was replaced as managing member in 2000. Within two years following Mr. Morriss' departure, MJC Aircraft, LLC filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Mr. Morriss serves on the boards of directors of Lobue Holdings, Inc., Multiplus Finance S.A., Plus Funds Group, X.Eye, Inc., UGO Networks, Eskye, Inc., Cirqit Corp. and Campus Door.
Michael E. Mikolajczyk has been a director since March 2004. Mr. Mikolajczyk has been elected by our preferred stockholders pursuant to our certificate of incorporation in effect prior to its contemplated amendment and restatement in connection with the closing of this offering. From April 1994 until July 1998, Mr. Mikolajczyk served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of DiamondCluster International, Inc. From July 1998 until April 2000, Mr. Mikolajczyk served as President of DiamondCluster. In July 1999, he became Secretary and from April 1, 2000 until his departure in August 2001 he also served as vice chairman of DiamondCluster. Since his departure from DiamondCluster, Mr. Mikolajczyk has been an independent consultant. Prior to that time, Mr. Mikolajczyk held several senior financial and corporate development positions at MCI Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Mikolajczyk co-founded DiamondCluster in April 1994 and has served as a member of its board of directors since then.
56
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Effective upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven directors. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, provides for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of the same or nearly the same number. Upon the expiration of the term of each class of directors, directors of that class may be re-elected for a three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires.
- –>
- Messrs. D'Souza and Morriss will serve in the class with a term that expires on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2005.
- –>
- Messrs. Gordon, Mikolajczyk and Spencer will serve in the class with a term that expires on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2006.
- –>
- Messrs. Caldwell and Harvey will serve in the class with a term that expires on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2007.
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will include four committees: an audit committee, compensation committee, executive committee and nominating and corporate governance committee.
Audit committee
Effective upon the closing of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Messrs. Caldwell, Mikolajczyk and Morriss. Mr. Mikolajczyk will serve as the chairman of our audit committee. The audit committee reviews and recommends to the board internal accounting and financial controls and accounting principles and auditing practices to be employed in the preparation and review of our financial statements. The audit committee makes recommendations to the board concerning the engagement of public accountants to audit our annual financial statements and the scope of the audit to be undertaken by such accountants.
Compensation committee
Effective upon the closing of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Caldwell, Harvey and Mikolajczyk. Mr. Caldwell will serve as the chairman of our compensation committee. The compensation committee reviews and recommends to the chief executive officer and the board policies, practices and procedures relating to the compensation of managerial employees and the establishment and administration of certain employee benefit plans for managerial employees. The compensation committee has authority to administer our stock option plan and stock incentive plan, and advises and consults with our officers regarding managerial personnel policies.
Executive committee
Effective upon the closing of this offering, our executive committee will consist of Messrs. Caldwell, Gordon and Spencer. Mr. Spencer will serve as the chairman of our executive committee. The executive committee has the power to manage our business and affairs to the extent delegated to it by the board of directors, including, but not limited to:
- –>
- borrowing money and issuing bonds, notes or other obligations and evidences of indebtedness;
- –>
- determining questions of general policy with regard to our business;
57
- –>
- making recommendations as to the declaration of dividends;
- –>
- investing our funds in the purchase, acquisition, selling and disposing of stocks, bonds and other securities;
- –>
- appointing agents; and
- –>
- supervising our financial affairs.
Nominating and corporate governance committee
Effective upon the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Messrs. Gordon, Harvey and Morriss. Mr. Gordon will serve as the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board of directors with its responsibilities regarding:
- –>
- the identification of individuals qualified to become board members;
- –>
- the selection of the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders; and
- –>
- the selection of director candidates to fill any vacancies on the board of directors.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
After the closing of this offering, each of our non-employee directors who chairs a committee will receive an annual retainer of $15,000, and each of our other non-employee directors will receive an annual retainer of $10,000.
Each non-employee director will receive a fee of $2,000 for each board meeting attended. Each non-employee director will also receive a $500 fee for attending a committee meeting by telephone when such meeting lasts less than four hours. In addition, each non-employee director who attends a committee meeting in person or participates via telephone in a meeting that lasts for over four hours will receive a fee of $1,000. However, if a non-employee director attends a committee meeting that occurs on the same day as a board meeting, or attends two or more committee meetings on the same day, then the director will receive a fee of $500 for the additional meeting or meetings attended. Non-employee directors will be reimbursed for their expenses incurred in attending meetings.
Each non-employee director will receive options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. Thereafter, each non-employee director will receive options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock at the beginning of his or her term and additional options to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock each year through the remainder of his or her term. Each year, each non-employee director may also receive discretionary options to purchase up to 10,000 shares of common stock based on our performance. All options granted to non-employee directors will be granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant and will generally vest in equal installments over three years as long as the non-employee director's service continues.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, the compensation committee was composed of Messrs. Caldwell, Gordon and Scott R. Graflund. None of Messrs. Caldwell, Gordon or Graflund serves, or has at any time served, as an officer or employee of us or any of our subsidiaries. None of our executive officers has served as a member of the compensation committee, or other committee
58
serving an equivalent function, of any other entity, one of whose executive officers served as a member of our compensation committee.
LIMITATION ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties, except liability for any of the following acts:
- –>
- breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
- –>
- acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
- –>
- unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
- –>
- any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Our bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, also provide that:
- –>
- we will indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law;
- –>
- we may advance expenses to our directors, officers, employees and other agents in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law; and
- –>
- the rights provided in our bylaws are not exclusive.
Our bylaws also permit us to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with his or her service to us.
We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers and certain of our employees. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers and certain of our employees for related expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director, officer or employee in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors, officers or employees or any of our subsidiaries. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors, officers and employees. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance. We are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such indemnification.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation of our chief executive officer and each of our other four most highly-compensated executive officers, referred to in this prospectus as the named executive officers, for the year ended December 31, 2003.
59
Summary compensation table
| | Annual compensation
| |
| |
---|
| | All other compensation ($)
| |
---|
Name and principal position
| | Salary($)
| | Bonus($)
| |
---|
| |
---|
Raymond J. Spencer Chairman and Chief Executive Officer | | 425,000 | | 212,500 | | 5,148 | (1) |
William F. Weissman Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | | 206,000 | | 103,000 | | 5,073 | (2) |
Jean A. Cholka Vice President—Global Client Management | | 225,000 | | 90,000 | | 4,940 | (3) |
Cyprian D'Souza Chief People Officer | | 218,000 | | 109,000 | | — | |
Shrihari Gokhale Vice President—Global Services Delivery | | 206,000 | | 103,000 | | — | |
- (1)
- Consists of the payment of life insurance premiums of $348 and matching 401(k) contributions of $4,800.
- (2)
- Consists of the payment of life insurance premiums of $348 and matching 401(k) contributions of $4,725.
- (3)
- Consists of the payment of life insurance premiums of $348 and matching 401(k) contributions of $4,592.
Option grants in 2003
We did not grant any options to our named executive officers during 2003.
Aggregate option exercises in last fiscal year and fiscal year-end option values
The following table sets forth information concerning option exercises and option holdings during 2003 with respect to the named executive officers. With respect to the named executive officers, no options or stock appreciation rights were exercised during 2003 and no stock appreciation rights were outstanding as of December 31, 2003.
|
---|
Name
| | Number of securities underlying unexercised options at December 31, 2003 (#)
| | Value of unexercised in-the- money options at December 31, 2003 ($)(1)
|
---|
| | Exercisable
| | Unexercisable
| | Exercisable
| | Unexercisable
|
---|
Raymond J. Spencer | | | | | | | | |
William F. Weissman | | | | | | | | |
Jean A. Cholka | | | | | | | | |
Cyprian D'Souza | | | | | | | | |
Shrihari Gokhale | | | | | | | | |
- (1)
- There was no public trading market for our common stock as of December 31, 2003. Accordingly, the value of the unexercised in-the-money options has been calculated on the basis of an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, less the aggregate exercise price of the options.
SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS
We have entered into severance agreements with Raymond J. Spencer, William F. Weissman, Jean A. Cholka and Cyprian D'Souza.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into new severance agreements with Mr. Spencer, Mr. Weissman, Ms. Cholka and Mr. D'Souza that will replace the current severance agreements. We will also enter into a new severance agreement with Shrihari Gokhale upon the closing of this offering. The new severance agreements are designed to retain the dedication of these executives and reduce
60
distractions by providing them with severance benefits in the event of certain terminations of employment. Under the new severance agreements, when the termination of employment occurs in connection with a "change in control" (as defined in the severance agreement), each of these executives will be entitled to severance benefits if the executive voluntarily terminates his or her employment only with "good reason" (as defined in the severance agreement) within 18 months after the change in control. These executives will also be entitled to severance if we terminate the executive's employment without "cause" (as defined in the severance agreement), whether or not a change of control has occurred. If there is no change in control, each of these executives will be entitled to severance benefits only if we terminate the executive only without cause. In the case of Mr. Spencer, he will also be entitled to severance benefits if he terminates his employment with good reason at any time. In addition, in the event any of these executives are subject to an excise tax under the Internal Revenue Code for receiving these severance benefits, we will pay the executive an additional amount so that the executive is placed in the same after-tax position with respect to the severance benefits as if this excise tax were not imposed.
The severance benefits under the new severance agreements include a cash severance payment, continued health insurance for a set period of time and immediate vesting of all stock options granted under our stock option plan and stock incentive plan. For the executives other than Mr. Spencer, the cash severance payment equals one and one-half times the sum of the executive's base salary and target bonus, and health insurance is continued for 18 months. For Mr. Spencer, the cash severance payment equals two times the sum of Mr. Spencer's base salary and target bonus, and health insurance is continued for 24 months.
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Stock option plan
The Kanbay International 1998 Non-Qualified Option Plan was originally adopted in November 1998 and renamed in August 2000. Although options remain outstanding pursuant to this plan, no future options may be granted under this plan. In the event that any option outstanding under this plan terminates without being exercised, the number of shares underlying such option shall become available for grant under our stock incentive plan. Options granted under this plan generally expire ten years after the date of grant.
This plan is administered by our compensation committee. Options may be exercised only to the extent that they have vested. If an employee ceases to be an employee for any reason other than death or disability, all unvested options will terminate and be forfeited. All vested options may be exercised only during the 60-day period following termination. In the event of an employee's death or disability, all options held by such employee will immediately vest in full, but may be exercised only during the one-year period after death or disability. Until the shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of options become publicly traded, we have the right to repurchase all option shares upon an employee ceasing to be an employee at a price per share equal to the exercise price for which such shares were acquired.
As of December 31, 2003, no incentive stock options were granted to employees, and non-qualified options to purchase shares of common stock were outstanding under our stock option plan.
61
Stock incentive plan
General. Historically, we maintained a 2000 stock option plan under which we have granted stock options to certain of our employees, directors and consultants. We adopted and our stockholders approved our stock incentive plan in , 2004. Our stock incentive plan amends and restates our 2000 stock option plan and will become effective upon the closing of this offering.
Our stock incentive plan permits awards of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted units, restricted stock units, and performance shares. In addition, our stock incentive plan provides an opportunity for the deferral of salary and bonuses into restricted stock units and the deferral of gains or payments due upon the vesting or exercise of awards under our stock incentive plan.
Term of plan. Awards may be made under our stock incentive plan until the earliest of:
- –>
- the date when all of the shares reserved for issuance under our stock incentive plan have been exhausted;
- –>
- 2014 (August 2010 with respect to incentive stock options); and
- –>
- the date as of which our compensation committee terminates our stock incentive plan.
Shares subject to the plan. Subject to the adjustment provisions discussed below, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued or transferred under our stock incentive plan will be , reduced by any shares of common stock that were issued or transferred under our 2000 stock option plan or 1998 stock option plan before the closing of this offering, and increased by any shares of common stock that are or become available for grants of awards under our 2000 stock option plan or 1998 stock option plan on or after the closing of this offering as a result of lapsed awards. Any shares subject to an award under our stock incentive plan that are forfeited, canceled, settled or otherwise terminated without a distribution of shares, or withheld by us in connection with the exercise of an option, or in payment of any required income tax withholding, will again be deemed to be available for award under our stock incentive plan.
Limitations. The maximum number of shares and share equivalent units that may be granted during any calendar year to any one participant under all types of awards is . In addition, the maximum number of shares that may be issued or transferred to participants during the entire life of our stock incentive plan as either incentive stock options or restricted stock is . Each of these limits is subject to adjustment, as discussed above.
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code places limits on the deductibility for federal income tax purposes of compensation paid to certain executive officers. Our compensation committee may adjust targets set for pre-established performance objectives, but awards designed to qualify for the performance-based exception under Code Section 162(m) may not be adjusted upward, except to reflect accounting changes or other events. Under certain circumstances, our compensation committee will have discretion to change the performance objectives without obtaining shareholder approval.
Administration. Our stock incentive plan will be administered by our compensation committee, which will consist of at least two directors who satisfy the "nonemployee director" requirements of Rule 16b-3 under Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the "outside director" provisions of Code Section 162(m). The compensation committee may select award recipients, determine the size, types and terms of awards, interpret the plan, and prescribe, amend and rescind rules and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of our stock incentive plan.
62
Eligibility. Our employees, directors and consultants and the employees and consultants of our affiliates who are eligible may participate in our stock incentive plan. An individual becomes a plan participant when he or she is chosen by our compensation committee to receive an award.
Stock options. Our compensation committee may grant either incentive stock options that are intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or nonqualified stock options. Each stock option will be evidenced by an award agreement that describes the terms and conditions of the grant. Our compensation committee determines the exercise price of an option at the time it is granted, but that exercise price must equal at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The term of a stock option may not exceed ten years.
Exercise of options. An option vests and becomes exercisable according to the terms specified in the stock option award agreement. The stock option award agreement will specify whether and under what circumstances an option may be exercised after the participant's death, retirement, disability or other termination of employment. A participant must pay the full exercise price when exercising a vested option.
Stock appreciation rights (SARs). Our compensation committee may grant freestanding SARs, tandem SARs, and/or any combination of these forms of SARs under our stock incentive plan. A tandem SAR is an SAR issued in connection with a stock option. A tandem SAR may be exercised only as to the shares for which its related option is then exercisable and upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related option. The term of a SAR may not exceed ten years. When exercised, a SAR entitles the participant to a payment based on the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the exercise date over the grant price of the SAR. The grant price of a freestanding SAR will equal the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, and the grant price of a tandem SAR will equal the exercise price of the related option.
Restricted stock, restricted units and restricted stock units. When a participant receives a grant of restricted units, a bookkeeping account is established and is credited with amounts based on the value of shares of common stock or some other unit of measurement. Restricted units may be settled in cash or shares as determined by our compensation committee.
Selected participants may defer a portion of their annual bonus and/or base salary in exchange for restricted stock units. Each participant who elects to make a deferral will be credited with a number of restricted stock units equal to the amount deferred divided by the fair market value of the common stock on the date designated by the compensation committee. The number of restricted stock units granted to a participant may be increased. Restricted stock units must be settled in shares, except that fractional shares are settled in cash.
During the restriction period, participants holding restricted stock may exercise full voting rights with respect to the underlying common stock. In addition, a participant may be entitled to receive regular cash dividends or dividend equivalents that are paid with respect to the underlying shares or share equivalent units during the restriction period.
Performance shares. Our compensation committee may grant performance shares under our stock incentive plan. Each performance share must have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Our compensation committee will set performance periods and performance objectives that will determine the number or value (or both) of the performance shares that will be paid out to the participant. Earned performance shares may be paid in cash, shares or a combination of cash and shares.
63
Transferability of plan awards. �� Awards granted under our stock incentive plan are generally not transferable. However, nonqualified stock options may, if no consideration is paid, be transferred or assigned to a participant's spouse or children or to one or more trusts for the exclusive benefit of a participant's spouse or children. Only the participant or the participant's guardian or legal representative may exercise awards during his or her lifetime.
Amendment, modification and termination. Our compensation committee may amend, modify or terminate our stock incentive plan without stockholder approval, except as to certain matters. Our compensation committee may also modify, extend or renew awards that have been granted, as long as no termination, amendment, or modification of an award adversely affects these awards without the written consent of the participant holding the affected award. Our compensation committee may not increase the number of shares that may be issued or transferred to participants under our stock incentive plan, or modify any outstanding option so as to specify a lower exercise price, without stockholder approval. The plan will automatically terminate in 2014.
The compensation committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting us or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, if the compensation committee determines these adjustments are appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under our stock incentive plan.
Employee stock purchase plan
We adopted and our stockholders approved our employee stock purchase plan in , 2004. The plan will become effective on January 1, 2005. The plan is designed to allow eligible employees to purchase shares of common stock at a discount, at semi-annual intervals, with accumulated payroll deductions. We have initially reserved shares of our common stock for issuance under the plan.
Our employees and the employees of our affiliates who are eligible may participate in the plan at any time after completing six months of service. Eligible employees participate in the plan by electing to make contributions, on a post-tax basis, to an account established and maintained in the employee's name under the plan through payroll deductions. A participant may contribute up to $2,000 each month to the plan. The minimum contribution amount is $100 per payroll period.
The plan has a series of six-month accumulation periods, during which a participant's payroll deductions accumulate. A participant may elect to change the amount of his or her payroll deduction once each accumulation period, but may elect to stop payroll deductions at any time.
At the end of each six month accumulation period, the amount in a participant's plan account is used to purchase shares of common stock. The purchase price of each share of common stock will be equal to 85% of the fair market value per share on the first day of the six-month accumulation period, or, if lower, 85% of the fair market value per share on the last day of the six-month accumulation period. The first accumulation period will commence January 1, 2005.
A participant may withdraw from the plan at any time and receive a refund, without interest, of the amount of payroll deductions in his or her account. In addition, a participant whose employment terminates for any reason will receive a refund, without interest, of the amount of payroll deductions in his or her account.
64
401(k) plan
We have adopted a 401(k) retirement savings plan. All of our employees, other than non-resident alien employees with no income from U.S. sources, are eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of the calendar quarter after attaining age 21.
An eligible employee may elect to make pretax salary deferral contributions to the plan of up to 15% of his or her total annual compensation. Each year, a participant's pretax contributions cannot exceed the maximum dollar amount permitted under the Internal Revenue Code ($13,000 in 2004).
We may make matching contributions on behalf of each participant who makes pretax salary deferral contributions. We determine the amount of our matching contributions, if any, each year in our discretion. Each year, we may also make a discretionary profit sharing contributions to the plan on behalf of participants who complete at least 1,000 hours of service during the year and who are employed on the last day of the year. A participant whose employment terminates during a year because death, disability or retirement after age 65 will also be eligible to receive any profit sharing contributions that we make for that year.
All contributions to the plan are allocated to each participant's individual account and are, at the participant's election, invested in one, all, or some combination of 25 investment funds. One of the investment funds may consist of our common stock.
When a participant retires, becomes disabled or terminates employment, he or she will be able to receive the vested balance of his or her account in a lump sum, in substantially equal monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual installments, or by electing partial withdrawals of any portion of his or her account. During employment, a participant may withdraw all or any portion of his or her account after attaining age 591/2 or may obtain a loan from his or her account. In addition, a participant may withdraw his or her pretax salary deferral contributions at any time on account of financial hardship.
65
Certain transactions
In August 2001, we entered into a master services agreement with Scan Web Biomedical, Inc., pursuant to which Scan Web made payments to us for services totaling approximately $18,000 in 2001 and $162,000 in 2002. Raymond J. Spencer, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a director of and holds an equity interest in excess of 10% of Scan Web.
Kenneth M. Harvey, one of our directors, is Group Chief Information Officer for HSBC Holdings plc, the ultimate parent company of Household International. In addition, Alan W. Jebson, who served as one of our directors until March 2004, serves as Group Chief Operating Officer for HSBC Holdings plc. During 2003, Household International (and its affiliates within the HSBC Group) made payments to us and our subsidiaries for services representing approximately 53.2% of our gross revenues for 2003.
Scott R. Graflund, who served as one of our directors until March 2004, is a Managing Director of Morgan Stanley International, Inc. During 2003, Morgan Stanley and its affiliates made payments to us and our subsidiaries for services representing approximately 13.0% of our gross revenues for 2003.
Mark L. Gordon, one of our directors, is the Chairman of the law firm Gordon & Glickson LLC. During 2003, we retained Gordon & Glickson LLC to provide certain legal services to us.
STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT
Our existing stockholders are parties to our Second Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement. The Agreement requires that our existing stockholders vote their shares of stock to elect to the board of directors a nominee selected by each of Morgan Stanley and Household International. The Agreement also prohibits all of our existing stockholders other than Morgan Stanley and Household International from engaging in certain activities that would be competitive with us. The Agreement contains certain restrictions on transfer of our shares, rights of first refusal, co-sale rights and other protective provisions. This Agreement will terminate in connection with the closing of this offering.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Following this offering, holders of an aggregate of shares of our outstanding common stock, and holders of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, will be entitled to rights with respect to registration of these shares of common stock under the Securities Act.
We have an agreement with these security holders that gives them registration rights. Subject to limitations provided in the registration rights agreement and in lock-up agreements that certain of these security holders have signed relating to this offering, these security holders have five "piggyback" registration rights, and each of Household International and Morgan Stanley have one demand registration right. In addition to these registration rights, and subject to conditions and limitations provided in the registration rights agreement and the lock-up agreements, these security holders may require us to file up to five registration statements on Form S-3 under the Securities Act when such form is available for our use, generally one year after this offering.
If we propose to register our securities under the Securities Act after this offering, these security holders will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares in the registration provided that the underwriters of this offering will have the right to limit the number of shares included in the registration. We must pay for all reasonable expenses in connection with these registrations, other than any underwriters' discounts and commissions.
66
RECENT STOCK TRANSFERS
In January 2004, Morgan Stanley International, Inc. sold an aggregate of 830,127 of its shares of our Class A Common Stock, at a price of $9.38 per share, to The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P. and Kanbay Investment, L.L.C. Donald R. Caldwell, one of our directors, is affiliated with The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P. B. Douglas Morriss, another one of our directors, is affiliated with Kanbay Investment, L.L.C. Simultaneously with the sale of its shares, Morgan Stanley International, Inc. also transferred all of its remaining shares of our Class A Common Stock to its affiliate, MSIT Holdings, Inc. Scott R. Graflund, who served as one of our directors until March 2004, is a Managing Director of Morgan Stanley International, Inc. and an affiliate of MSIT Holdings, Inc. We were not a party to these transactions.
In December 2003, we acted as escrow agent and provided certain representations and warranties, each of which terminate upon the closing of this offering, in connection with a sales transaction in which some of our existing stockholders sold an aggregate of 2,710,186 shares of our Class A Common Stock, at a price of $9.38 per share, to The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P., Cross Atlantic Technology Fund II, LP and Kanbay Acquisition, L.L.C. Donald R. Caldwell, one of our directors, is affiliated with each of The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P. and Cross Atlantic Technology Fund II, LP. B. Douglas Morriss, another of our directors, is affiliated with Kanbay Acquisition, L.L.C. The selling stockholders in this transaction included Raymond J. Spencer, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, together with certain family trusts, Cyprian D'Souza, another of our directors and our Chief People Officer, and 20 other stockholders or optionholders, many of whom were employees, former employees or retired founders of Kanbay.
In December 2003, we were notified by Global Perspectives Limited that it was exercising its right, pursuant to its 1996 subscription agreement, to cause us to repurchase 106,832 of its shares of our Class A Common Stock or approximately 25% of what it then held. The price that we paid in this repurchase was $10.53 per share and was based on a formula contained in the 1996 subscription agreement. Global Perspectives Limited's right to cause us to repurchase any additional shares of our Class A Common Stock that it owns expired on December 31, 2003.
In September 2003, certain affiliates of Safeguard Scientifics, Inc. sold 3,298,333 shares of our Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, at a price of $7.80 per share, and warrants to purchase 120,000 shares of our Class B Common Stock, at a price of $1.55 per warrant share, to Household Investment Funding, Inc. The shares transferred by Safeguard to Household represented all of the shares of our capital stock held by Safeguard, which was an early investor in Kanbay. We were not a party to this transaction. Upon transfer of the warrants, the warrants were amended to become exercisable for shares of our Class A Common Stock instead of shares of our Class B Common Stock.
67
Principal and selling stockholders
The following table sets forth certain information regarding ownership of our capital stock prior to this offering and ownership of our common stock following the recapitalization and stock split by:
- –>
- each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;
- –>
- each of our directors;
- –>
- each of our executive officers named in the summary compensation table; and
- –>
- all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
The beneficial ownership of our common stock set forth in this table is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Following the recapitalization and the stock split and immediately before the closing of this offering, we will have shares of common stock outstanding. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after the date of this prospectus are considered outstanding, while these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and investment power as to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each person listed in this table is c/o Kanbay International, Inc., 6400 Shafer Court, Suite 100, Rosemont, Illinois 60018.
68
| | Shares of capital stock beneficially owned prior to this offering
| |
| | Shares of common stock beneficially owned after this offering
| |
---|
| | Number of shares to be sold in this offering
| |
---|
Name and address of beneficial owner
| |
---|
| Number
| | Percentage
| | Number
| | Percentage
| |
---|
| |
---|
Household Investment Funding, Inc. 2700 Sanders Road Prospect Heights, IL 60070(1) | | 4,321,074 | | 29.2 | % | | | | | | |
Kanbay Acquisition, L.L.C. 18500 Edison Avenue Chesterfield, MO 63005(2) | | 2,517,249 | | 17.4 | | | | | | | |
Kismet Exports & Investments Private Limited 601/602, "Kismet," North Avenue Santa Cruz (West), Mumbai—400054, India(3) | | 961,689 | | 6.7 | | | | | | | |
The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P. 5 Radnor Corporate Center, Suite 555 100 Matsonford Road Radnor, PA 19087(4) | | 1,775,188 | | 12.2 | | | | | | | |
MSIT Holdings, Inc. 1585 Broadway New York, NY 10019(5) | | 830,127 | | 5.7 | | | | | | | |
Raymond J. Spencer(6) | | 1,155,475 | | 7.9 | | | | | | | |
William F. Weissman(7) | | 85,500 | | * | | | | | | | |
Jean A. Cholka(8) | | 110,000 | | * | | | | | | | |
Cyprian D'Souza(9) | | 194,144 | | 1.3 | | | | | | | |
Shrihari Gokhale(10) | | 35,000 | | * | | | | | | | |
Mark L. Gordon(11) | | 60,000 | | * | | | | | | | |
Donald R. Caldwell(12) | | 1,800,188 | | 12.4 | | | | | | | |
Kenneth M. Harvey(13) | | 4,321,074 | | 29.2 | | | | | | | |
B. Douglas Morriss(14) | | 2,517,249 | | 17.4 | | | | | | | |
Michael E. Mikolajczyk | | — | | * | | | | | | | |
Directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons) | | 10,278,630 | | 67.1 | | | | | | | |
69
- *
- Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of the outstanding capital stock or common stock.
- (1)
- Includes 702,741 shares of Class A Common Stock, warrants to purchase 320,000 shares of Class A Common Stock and 3,298,333 shares of Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock. Kenneth M. Harvey, one of our directors, shares voting and investment power of such shares in his position as Group Chief Information Officer for HSBC Holdings plc, the ultimate parent company of Household Investment Funding, Inc. Mr. Harvey disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
- (2)
- Includes 2,102,186 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Kanbay Acquisition, L.L.C., and 415,063 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Kanbay Investment, L.L.C. B. Douglas Morriss, one of our directors, shares voting and investment power of such shares in his position as the manager of each of Kanbay Investment, L.L.C. and Kanbay Capital, L.L.C., which is the manager of Kanbay Acquisition, L.L.C.
- (3)
- Includes 961,689 shares of Class A Common Stock.
- (4)
- Includes 1,479,514 shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants to purchase 33,605 shares of Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock held by The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P. and 262,069 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Cross Atlantic Technology Fund II, L.P. Donald R. Caldwell, one of our directors, shares voting and investment power over such shares in his capacity as a partner of The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P. and Cross Atlantic Technology Fund II, L.P. Mr. Caldwell disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
- (5)
- Includes 830,127 shares of Class A Common Stock.
- (6)
- Includes 1,055,475 shares of Class A Common Stock and options to purchase 100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.
- (7)
- Includes options to purchase 85,500 shares of Class A Common Stock.
- (8)
- Includes options to purchase 110,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.
- (9)
- Includes 78,394 shares of Class A Common Stock and options to purchase 115,750 shares of Class A Common Stock.
- (10)
- Includes options to purchase 35,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.
- (11)
- Includes options to purchase 25,000 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. Gordon and 35,000 shares of Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock held by Gordon & Glickson LLC. Mr. Gordon shares voting and investment power over the shares held by Gordon & Glickson LLC in his capacity as Chairman of Gordon & Glickson LLC.
- (12)
- Includes 1,479,514 shares of Class A Common Stock and warrants to purchase 33,605 shares of Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock held by The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P. and 262,069 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Cross Atlantic Technology Fund II, L.P. and options to purchase 25,000 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. Caldwell. Mr. Caldwell shares voting and investment power over the shares held by The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P. and Cross Atlantic Technology Fund II, L.P. in his capacity as a partner of The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P. and Cross Atlantic Technology Fund II, L.P. Mr. Caldwell disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P. and Cross Atlantic Technology Fund II, L.P.
- (13)
- Includes shares held by Household Investment Funding, Inc. Mr. Harvey shares voting and investment power of such shares in his position as Group Chief Information Officer for HSBC Holdings plc, the ultimate parent company of Household Investment Funding, Inc. Mr. Harvey disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
- (14)
- Includes shares held by Kanbay Acquisition, L.L.C. and Kanbay Investment, L.L.C. Mr. Morriss shares voting and investment power of such shares in his position as the manager of each of Kanbay Investment, L.L.C. and Kanbay Capital, L.L.C., which is the manager of Kanbay Acquisition, L.L.C.
70
Description of capital stock
GENERAL
Upon the closing of this offering, the total amount of our authorized capital stock will consist of shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, and shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value. We intend to adopt, and intend to submit for approval by our stockholders, a recapitalization agreement, an amendment to our certificate of incorporation, a second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws to become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. We also intend to consummate a stock split of our common stock immediately following the recapitalization and immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The discussion herein describes the recapitalization and also describes our capital stock, second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws as anticipated to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. The following summary of certain provisions of our capital stock describes certain material provisions of, but does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and by the provisions of applicable law.
RECAPITALIZATION
Under the terms of the recapitalization, each outstanding share of our capital stock will be reclassified and converted into one share of our common stock. Additionally, immediately prior to the closing of this offering, each outstanding option and warrant to purchase our Class A Common Stock and each outstanding warrant to purchase our Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock will be converted into a warrant or option, as applicable, with the right to receive one share of common stock upon the applicable exercise date. Immediately following the recapitalization and immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to consummate a stock split of our common stock.
COMMON STOCK
Following the recapitalization and the stock split and immediately prior to the closing of this offering, there will be shares of common stock outstanding held by 27 holders of record. Holders of common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters subject to a vote of stockholders, subject to the rights of holders of any outstanding preferred stock, and will not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election, subject to the rights of holders of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock will be entitled to receive ratably any dividends that the board of directors may declare out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock will be entitled to receive ratably our net assets available after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of holders of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock will have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of our capital stock are fully paid and nonassessable and the shares of common stock to be issued on completion of this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.
71
PREFERRED STOCK
Following the recapitalization and immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we will be authorized to issue shares of preferred stock, which may be issued from time to time in one or more series upon authorization by the board of directors. The board of directors, without further approval of the stockholders, will be authorized to fix the number of shares constituting any series, as well as the dividend rights and terms, conversion rights and terms, voting rights and terms, redemption rights and terms, liquidation preferences and any other rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions applicable to each series of preferred stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could also adversely affect the voting power and dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could also, under some circumstances, have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discouraging a third party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting stock or otherwise adversely affect the market price of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights of that series of preferred stock.
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF DELAWARE LAW AND OUR CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS
Some provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.
Section 203 of Delaware General Corporation Law
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits certain transactions between a Delaware corporation and an "interested stockholder," which is defined as a person who, together with any affiliates or associates, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of the outstanding voting shares of a Delaware corporation. This provision prohibits certain business combinations between an interested stockholder and a Delaware corporation for a period of three years after the date the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless:
- –>
- either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder is approved by the corporation's board of directors prior to the date the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder;
- –>
- the interested stockholder acquired at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation (other than stock held by directors who are also officers or by certain employee stock plans) in the transaction in which the stockholder became an interested stockholder; or
- –>
- the business combination is approved by a majority of the board of directors and by the affirmative vote of 662/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
For this purpose, business combinations include mergers, consolidations, sales or other dispositions of assets having an aggregate value in excess of 10% of the aggregate market value of the consolidated assets or outstanding stock of the corporation, and certain transactions that would increase the interested stockholder's proportionate share ownership in the corporation.
72
Classified board of directors
Our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of the board of directors is elected each year. These provisions, when coupled with the provision of our certificate of incorporation authorizing the board of directors to fill vacant directorships or increase the size of the board of directors, may deter a stockholder from removing incumbent directors and simultaneously gaining control of the board of directors by filling the vacancies created by such removal with its own nominees.
Number of directors; removal; vacancies
Our by-laws will provide that we have seven directors, provided that this number may be changed by the board of directors. Vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office. Our by-laws will provide that directors may be removed for cause or without cause by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Special meetings of stockholders; limitations on stockholder action by written consent
Our by-laws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board, chief executive officer or pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the directors then in office. In addition, the certificate of incorporation will provide that, following the closing of this offering, our stockholders may only take actions at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not take action by written consent unless the action to be effected by written consent of stockholders and the taking of such action by such written consent have expressly been approved in advance by the board of directors.
Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nomination of directors
Our by-laws will provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, must provide timely notice in writing. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at our principal executive offices not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. However, in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, such notice will be timely only if received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the date on which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed to stockholders or made public, whichever first occurs. Our by-laws will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice.
Amendments; supermajority vote requirements
The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless either a corporation's certificate of incorporation or by-laws require a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws impose supermajority vote requirements in connection with the amendment of provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, including those provisions relating to the classified board of directors, action by written consent and the ability of stockholders to call special meetings.
TRANSFER AGENT
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
LISTING
We have applied to have our shares of common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "KBAY."
73
Shares eligible for future sale
Following this offering, we will have shares of common stock outstanding. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we will have shares of common stock outstanding. All the shares we sell in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144, may generally only be sold in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 described below.
The remaining shares of common stock outstanding following this offering will be "restricted securities" as the term is defined under Rule 144. We issued and sold these restricted securities in private transactions in reliance on exemptions from registration under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as summarized below.
We have agreed with the underwriters that we will not, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC, issue any additional shares of common stock or securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except that we may grant options to purchase shares of common stock under our stock incentive plan, and issue shares of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants.
Our officers and directors and some of our other stockholders, who will hold an aggregate of shares of common stock upon completion of this offering, have agreed subject to certain exceptions that they will not, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC, offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or any rights to acquire or purchase, any of our common stock, or publicly announce an intention to effect any of these transactions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC, except that nothing will prevent any of them from exercising outstanding options and warrants.
In the event that we issue an earnings release or a material news event relating to us occurs 15 calendar days plus three business days prior to or within 15 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed on us, our officers, directors and some of our other stockholders will continue to apply for 15 calendar days plus three business days after such earnings release is issued or such material news event occurs.
Taking into account the lock-up agreements, and assuming UBS Securities LLC does not release stockholders from these agreements, the following shares will be eligible for sale in the public market at the following times:
- –>
- on the date of this prospectus, shares (including the shares sold in this offering) will be immediately available for sale in the public market;
- –>
- 90 days after the date of this prospectus, approximately shares will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 and Rule 701, of which will be subject to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144;
- –>
- 180 days after the date of this prospectus, approximately shares will be eligible for sale, of which will be subject to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144; and
- –>
- the remaining shares will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 from time to time upon the expiration of various one-year holding periods applicable to those shares.
74
Shares issuable upon exercise of options we granted prior to the date of this prospectus will also be available for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, subject to certain Rule 144 limitations and, in the case of some holders, to the lock-up agreements. Rule 701 permits resales of these shares beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus by persons other than affiliates.
In general, under Rule 144, a stockholder who owns restricted shares that have been outstanding for at least one year is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of these restricted shares that does not exceed the greater of:
- –>
- one percent of the then outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately shares immediately after this offering; or
- –>
- the average weekly trading volume in the common stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the sale.
Our affiliates must comply with the restrictions and requirements of Rule 144, other than the one-year holding period requirement, to sell shares of common stock which are not restricted securities.
Under Rule 144(k), a stockholder who is not currently, and who has not been for at least three months before the sale, an affiliate of ours and who owns restricted shares that have been outstanding for at least two years may resell these restricted shares without compliance with the above requirements. The one- and two-year holding periods described above do not begin to run until the full purchase price is paid by the person acquiring the restricted shares from us or an affiliate of ours.
As of the date of this prospectus, we have granted options to purchase shares of common stock to specified persons pursuant to our stock option plan and stock incentive plan. We intend to file, after the effective date of this offering, a registration statement on Form S-8 to register the sale of approximately shares of common stock upon exercises of options granted under our stock option plan and stock incentive plan. The registration statement on Form S-8 will become effective automatically upon filing.
Shares issued under our stock option plan and stock incentive plan, after the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8, may be sold in the open market, subject, in the case of some holders, to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements. In addition, following this offering, the holders of shares of our outstanding common stock, and holders of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock will, under some circumstances, have rights to require us to register their shares for future sale.
75
Certain material U.S. income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders
The following summary describes certain material United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder (as defined below) as of the date of this prospectus. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxes and does not deal with estate, gift, foreign, state and local tax consequences that may be relevant to such Non-U.S. Holders in light of their personal circumstances. Special rules may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders, such as "controlled foreign corporations," "passive foreign investment companies," "foreign personal holding companies," corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, investors in pass-through entities and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States that are subject to special treatment under the Code. Such entities and persons should consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date of this prospectus, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified with or without retroactive effect so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.
If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons who are partners in partnerships or other pass-through entities holding our common stock should consult their tax advisors.
The authorities on which this summary is based are subject to various interpretations, and any views expressed within this summary are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (which we refer to as the "IRS") or the courts. No assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the tax consequences described herein. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, including the tax consequences under state, local, foreign and other tax laws.
As used herein, a "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not any of the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
- –>
- a citizen or resident of the United States,
- –>
- a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof,
- –>
- an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or
- –>
- a trust (i) which is subject to primary supervision by a court situated within the United States and as to which one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, as described in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.
A "Non-U.S. Holder" does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock.
76
DIVIDENDS
Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate (and avoid back-up withholding as discussed below) for dividends will be required to (a) complete IRS Form W-8BEN (or appropriate substitute form) and certify, under penalty of perjury, that such holder is not a U.S. person and is eligible for the benefits with respect to dividends allowed by such treaty or (b) hold our common stock through certain foreign intermediaries or certain foreign partnerships and satisfy the certification requirements of applicable Treasury regulations. Special certification requirements apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are "pass-through" entities rather than individuals. A Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
The withholding tax may not apply to dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States. The withholding tax may also not apply to dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder where the dividends are attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder and a tax treaty provides that withholding taxes will not be applied to such dividends. Dividends effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business, as well as those attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder under an applicable treaty, are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in generally the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a U.S. person, as defined under the Code. Certain certification and disclosure requirements must be complied with in order for effectively connected income to be exempt from withholding. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
GAIN ON DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK
A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax with respect to gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
- –>
- the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder, or
- –>
- we are or have been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition (or, if shorter, the Non-U.S. Holder's holding period).
We have determined that we are not a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes and do not anticipate becoming a "U.S. real property holding corporation." If we become a "U.S. real property holding corporation," so long as our common stock continues to be regularly traded on an established securities market, only a Non-U.S. Holder who holds or held directly, indirectly or by application of prescribed stock attribution rules (at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder's holding period) more than 5% of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the disposition of our common stock.
77
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on dividends and certain other types of payments to United States persons (currently at a rate of 28%) of the gross amount. Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to backup withholding if proper certification of foreign status (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) is provided or the holder is a corporation or one of several types of entities and organizations that qualify for exemption (an "exempt recipient").
Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if a Non-U.S. Holder sells shares of our common stock through a United States broker or the United States office of a foreign broker, the broker will be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to such holder to the IRS and to apply the backup withholding tax (currently at a rate of 28%) to the amount of such proceeds unless appropriate certification (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) is provided to the broker of the holder's status as either a non-U.S. person or an exempt recipient. Information reporting (and backup withholding if the appropriate certification is not provided) also applies if a Non-U.S. Holder sells its shares of our common stock through a foreign broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from United States sources or having certain other connections to the United States.
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against such holder's U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
78
Underwriting
We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. UBS Securities LLC, Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated and Janney Montgomery Scott LLC are the representatives of the underwriters. UBS Securities LLC is the sole book-running manager of this offering. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table.
Underwriters
| | Number of shares
|
---|
|
---|
UBS Securities LLC | | |
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated | | |
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC | | |
| |
|
| Total | | |
| |
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below.
Our common stock and the common stock of the selling stockholders is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:
- –>
- receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters; and
- –>
- the underwriters' right to reject orders in whole or in part.
In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.
OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION
We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.
COMMISSIONS AND DISCOUNTS
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. Any of these securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein, and, as a
79
result, will thereafter bear any risk associated with changing the offering price to the public or other selling terms. The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect discretionary sales to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock to be offered.
We have agreed to pay the offering expenses of the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders will pay the underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the shares that they sell. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an additional shares from us and an additional shares from the selling stockholders.
| | Paid by us
| | Paid by selling stockholder(s)
| | Total
|
---|
| | No exercise
| | Full exercise
| | No exercise
| | Full exercise
| | No exercise
| | Full exercise
|
---|
|
---|
Per Share | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Total | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering payable by us, not including underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ .
NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES
We and each of our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our current stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these lock-up agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC, sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, hedge, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, or warrants or other rights to purchase our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. At any time and without public notice, UBS Securities LLC may, in its sole discretion, release some or all of the affected securities from these lock-up agreements.
In the event that we issue an earnings release or a material news event relating to us occurs 15 calendar days plus three business days prior to or within 15 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed on us, our officers, directors and some of our other stockholders will continue to apply for 15 calendar days plus three business days after such earnings release is issued or such material news event occurs.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET QUOTATION
We have applied to have our shares of common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "KBAY."
80
PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including:
- –>
- stabilizing transactions;
- –>
- short sales;
- –>
- purchases to cover positions created by short sales;
- –>
- imposition of penalty bids; and
- –>
- syndicate covering transactions.
Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered short sales," which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' over-allotment option referred to above, or may be "naked short sales," which are short positions in excess of that amount.
The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.
Naked short sales are in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.
The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM
At our request, certain of the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to shares of our common stock being offered for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees and other persons having a business relationship with us or our affiliates. At the discretion of our management, these other parties, including our employees, may participate in the reserved share program. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.
81
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation by us and the representatives of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:
- –>
- the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;
- –>
- our history and prospects and the history and the prospects for the industry in which we compete;
- –>
- our past and present financial performance and an assessment of our management;
- –>
- our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;
- –>
- the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
- –>
- the recent market prices of, and the demand for, public traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and
- –>
- other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.
AFFILIATIONS
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates in the past have provided and may provide from time to time certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us which they will be entitled to receive separate fees. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage in transactions with us and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business. In addition, Janney Montgomery Scott LLC owns one-third of the limited partnership interests of Co-Invest Management LLP, which is the general partner of one of our principal stockholders, The Co-Investment 2000 Fund, L.P.
82
Legal matters
The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Winston & Strawn LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Certain legal matters with respect to this offering will be passed upon for us by Gordon & Glickson LLC, Chicago, Illinois. Mark L. Gordon, one of our directors, is an attorney with Gordon & Glickson LLC where he has been a member, or an equivalent position, since August 1979, and currently serves as its Chairman. Upon the closing of this offering, Mr. Gordon will own options to purchase shares of our common stock and Gordon & Glickson LLC will own shares of our common stock. Certain legal matters with respect to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell, New York, New York.
Experts
The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Kanbay and SSS as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 included in this prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports, given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
Where you can find additional information
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, schedules and any amendments with respect to the common stock we are offering hereby. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and includes all of the information which we believe is material to you in considering whether to make an investment in our common stock. We refer you to the registration statement for additional information about us, our common stock and this offering, including the full texts of the exhibits, some of which have been summarized in this prospectus. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete. With respect to each such contract or other document filed as a part of the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved, and each such statement shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference. The registration statement is available for inspection and copying at the Securities and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site that makes available the registration statement. The address of the SEC's Internet site is http://www.sec.gov. As a result of this offering, we will be required to file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
83
Kanbay International, Inc.
INDEX TO HISTORICAL
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors | | F-2 |
Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 | | F-3 |
Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 | | F-4 |
Consolidated statements of stockholders' equity for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 | | F-5 |
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 | | F-6 |
Notes to consolidated financial statements | | F-7 |
Consolidated Financial Statements of
SSS Holdings Corporation Limited
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors | | F-24 |
Consolidated profit and loss accounts for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 | | F-25 |
Consolidated statement of total recognised gains and losses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 | | F-26 |
Consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2003 and 2002 | | F-27 |
Consolidated cash flow statements for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 | | F-28 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements | | F-29 |
F-1
REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Kanbay International, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Kanbay International, Inc. as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Kanbay International, Inc. at December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
As discussed in Notes 2 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2002, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill.
| Ernst & Young LLP |
Chicago, Illinois February 27, 2004 | |
F-2
Kanbay International, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(dollars in thousands)
| | December 31
| |
---|
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
Assets | | | | | | | |
Current assets: | | | | | | | |
| Cash and cash equivalents | | $ | 10,127 | | $ | 17,419 | |
| Accounts receivable | | | 10,530 | | | 10,469 | |
| Employee and other receivables | | | 260 | | | 590 | |
| Deferred income taxes | | | — | | | 844 | |
| Prepaid expenses and other | | | 2,636 | | | 4,147 | |
| |
| |
| |
| | Total current assets | | | 23,553 | | | 33,469 | |
Property and equipment: | | | | | | | |
| Land and building | | | 3,134 | | | 3,486 | |
| Computer equipment | | | 7,484 | | | 10,675 | |
| Computer software | | | 2,506 | | | 3,365 | |
| Furniture and fixtures | | | 2,116 | | | 3,687 | |
| Leasehold improvements | | | 1,682 | | | 1,754 | |
| |
| |
| |
| | | 16,922 | | | 22,967 | |
| Less accumulated depreciation | | | 8,365 | | | 11,652 | |
| |
| |
| |
| | | 8,557 | | | 11,315 | |
Investment in affiliate | | | 17,144 | | | 19,051 | |
Other assets | | | 161 | | | 40 | |
| |
| |
| |
| | Total assets | | $ | 49,415 | | $ | 63,875 | |
| |
| |
| |
Liabilities and stockholders' equity | | | | | | | |
Current liabilities: | | | | | | | |
| Bank lines of credit | | $ | 353 | | $ | — | |
| Accounts payable | | | 2,518 | | | 2,312 | |
| Amounts due to subcontractors | | | 199 | | | 368 | |
| Deferred revenue | | | 2,000 | | | 2,629 | |
| Accrued liabilities | | | 10,041 | | | 15,542 | |
| Long-term debt due within one year | | | 673 | | | — | |
| Amounts due related parties | | | 652 | | | — | |
| |
| |
| |
| | Total current liabilities | | | 16,436 | | | 20,851 | |
Long-term debt | | | 1,088 | | | — | |
Deferred income taxes | | | — | | | 33 | |
Other liabilities | | | 275 | | | — | |
| |
| |
| |
Total liabilities | | | 17,799 | | | 20,884 | |
Stock subject to repurchase | | | 8,521 | | | — | |
Commitments | | | | | | | |
Stockholders' equity: | | | | | | | |
| Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 402,857 shares authorized, 35,000 shares issued and outstanding | | | — | | | — | |
| Series A-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 3,298,333 shares authorized, 2,871,004 and 3,298,333 shares issued and outstanding in 2002 and 2003, respectively | | | 3 | | | 3 | |
| Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized, 10,569,998 and 11,126,745 shares issued and outstanding in 2002 and 2003, respectively | | | 11 | | | 11 | |
| Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued | | | — | | | — | |
| Additional paid-in capital | | | 45,424 | | | 45,184 | |
| Accumulated deficit | | | (22,261 | ) | | (2,609 | ) |
| Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments | | | (82 | ) | | 402 | |
| |
| |
| |
| | Total stockholders' equity | | | 23,095 | | | 42,991 | |
| |
| |
| |
| | Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | | $ | 49,415 | | $ | 63,875 | |
| |
| |
| |
See accompanying notes
F-3
Kanbay International, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)
| | Year ended December 31
| |
---|
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
Net revenues | | $ | 69,654 | | $ | 82,589 | | $ | 107,153 | |
Cost of revenues | | | 39,786 | | | 46,977 | | | 58,675 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Gross profit | | | 29,868 | | | 35,612 | | | 48,478 | |
Selling, general and administrative expenses | | | 28,587 | | | 28,185 | | | 35,492 | |
Depreciation and amortization | | | 2,437 | | | 2,682 | | | 3,308 | |
Loss on sale of fixed assets | | | 57 | | | 38 | | | 36 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) from operations | | | (1,213 | ) | | 4,707 | | | 9,642 | |
Other income (expense): | | | | | | | | | | |
| Interest expense | | | (257 | ) | | (424 | ) | | (287 | ) |
| Interest income | | | 62 | | | 17 | | | 39 | |
| Foreign exchange gain (loss) | | | (31 | ) | | 69 | | | (120 | ) |
| Equity in earnings of affiliate | | | 842 | | | 2,272 | | | 2,097 | |
| Loss on investment | | | (644 | ) | | — | | | — | |
| Other, net | | | 8 | | | 6 | | | 21 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | | (20 | ) | | 1,940 | | | 1,750 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change | | | (1,233 | ) | | 6,647 | | | 11,392 | |
Income tax expense | | | 18 | | | 226 | | | 260 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change | | | (1,251 | ) | | 6,421 | | | 11,132 | |
Cumulative effect of accounting change | | | — | | | (2,043 | ) | | — | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Net income (loss) | | | (1,251 | ) | | 4,378 | | | 11,132 | |
Dividends on preferred stock | | | 608 | | | 608 | | | 608 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) available to common stockholders | | $ | (1,859 | ) | $ | 3,770 | | $ | 10,524 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) per share of common stock: | | | | | | | | | | |
| Basic | | $ | (0.17 | ) | $ | 0.34 | | $ | 0.96 | |
| Diluted | | | (0.17 | ) | | 0.28 | | | 0.71 | |
See accompanying notes
F-4
Kanbay International, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(dollars in thousands)
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments
| |
| |
---|
| | Preferred stock
| | Common stock
| | Additional paid-in capital
| |
| |
| |
---|
| | Accumulated deficit
| | Stockholders' equity
| |
---|
| | Shares
| | Amount
| | Stock
| | Amount
| |
---|
| |
---|
Balance at December 31, 2000 | | 2,387,485 | | $ | 3 | | 10,051,479 | | $ | 10 | | $ | 45,506 | | $ | (28,707 | ) | $ | (153 | ) | $ | 16,659 | |
Distributions | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (82 | ) | | — | | | (82 | ) |
Stock compensation expense | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | 43 | | | — | | | — | | | 43 | |
Cost of common units forfeited | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | (125 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (125 | ) |
Expiration of repurchase rights on stock subject to repurchase | | 145,848 | | | — | | 145,848 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
Change in fair value of stock subject to repurchase | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (676 | ) | | — | | | (676 | ) |
Comprehensive loss: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Net loss | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (1,251 | ) | | — | | | (1,251 | ) |
| Foreign currency translation adjustments | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (137 | ) | | (137 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |
Total comprehensive loss | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (1,388 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Balance at December 31, 2001 | | 2,533,333 | | | 3 | | 10,197,327 | | | 10 | | | 45,424 | | | (30,716 | ) | | (290 | ) | | 14,431 | |
Expiration of repurchase rights on stock subject to repurchase | | 372,671 | | | — | | 372,671 | | | 1 | | | — | | | (1 | ) | | — | | | — | |
Change in fair value of stock subject to repurchase | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 4,077 | | | — | | | 4,077 | |
Comprehensive loss: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Net loss | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 4,378 | | | — | | | 4,378 | |
| Foreign currency translation adjustments | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 208 | | | 208 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |
Total comprehensive loss | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 4,586 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Balance at December 31, 2002 | | 2,906,004 | | | 3 | | 10,569,998 | | | 11 | | | 45,424 | | | (22,262 | ) | | (82 | ) | | 23,094 | |
Repurchase and retirement of stock subject to repurchase | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | (1,118 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (1,118 | ) |
Expiration of repurchase rights on stock subject to repurchase | | 427,329 | | | — | | 320,497 | | | — | | | — | | | 8,521 | | | — | | | 8,521 | |
Exercise of stock options | | — | | | — | | 236,250 | | | — | | | 559 | | | — | | | — | | | 559 | |
Tax benefit related to exercise of stock options | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | 319 | | | — | | | — | | | 319 | |
Comprehensive income: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Net income | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 11,132 | | | — | | | 11,132 | |
| Foreign exchange currency adjustments | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 484 | | | 484 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |
Total comprehensive income | | — | | | — | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 11,616 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Balance at December 31, 2003 | | 3,333,333 | | $ | 3 | | 11,126,745 | | $ | 11 | | $ | 45,184 | | $ | (2,609 | ) | $ | 402 | | $ | 42,991 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
See accompanying notes
F-5
Kanbay International, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(dollars in thousands)
| | Year ended December 31
| |
---|
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
OPERATING ACTIVITIES | | | | | | | | | | |
Net income (loss) | | $ | (1,251 | ) | $ | 4,378 | | $ | 11,132 | |
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: | | | | | | | | | | |
| Depreciation and amortization | | | 2,436 | | | 2,771 | | | 3,308 | |
| Cumulative effect of accounting change | | | — | | | 2,043 | | | — | |
| Amortization of debt discount | | | 13 | | | — | | | — | |
| Loss on sale of fixed assets | | | 76 | | | 39 | | | 39 | |
| Equity in earnings of affiliate | | | (842 | ) | | (2,272 | ) | | (2,097 | ) |
| Stock compensation expense | | | 43 | | | — | | | — | |
| Deferred income taxes | | | — | | | — | | | (811 | ) |
| Loss on investment | | | 644 | | | — | | | — | |
Tax benefit related to stock option plan | | | — | | | — | | | 319 | |
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Accounts receivable | | | 435 | | | (1,886 | ) | | 652 | |
| | Other current assets | | | (402 | ) | | (411 | ) | | (1,289 | ) |
| | Accounts payable | | | (117 | ) | | (5 | ) | | (529 | ) |
| | Other current liabilities | | | 1,621 | | | 3,100 | | | 4,041 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Net cash provided by operating activities | | | 2,656 | | | 7,757 | | | 14,765 | |
INVESTING ACTIVITIES | | | | | | | | | | |
Additions to property and equipment | | | (4,409 | ) | | (2,773 | ) | | (5,997 | ) |
Proceeds from sale of assets | | | 28 | | | 32 | | | 14 | |
Investment in affiliate | | | (67 | ) | | — | | | — | |
Dividends received from affiliate | | | 1,060 | | | 1,215 | | | 763 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Net cash used in investing activities | | | (3,388 | ) | | (1,526 | ) | | (5,220 | ) |
FINANCING ACTIVITIES | | | | | | | | | | |
(Payments on) proceeds from line of credit, net | | | 382 | | | (415 | ) | | (406 | ) |
(Payments on) proceeds from long-term debt, net | | | 1,165 | | | (919 | ) | | (1,773 | ) |
Payments on amounts due related parties, net | | | (98 | ) | | (78 | ) | | (653 | ) |
Proceeds from exercise of stock options | | | — | | | — | | | 559 | |
Distributions to former unitholders | | | (82 | ) | | — | | | — | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities | | | 1,367 | | | (1,412 | ) | | (2,273 | ) |
Effect of exchange rates on cash | | | 50 | | | (32 | ) | | 20 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Increase in cash and cash equivalents | | | 685 | | | 4,787 | | | 7,292 | |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | | | 4,655 | | | 5,340 | | | 10,127 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year | | $ | 5,340 | | $ | 10,127 | | $ | 17,419 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES | | | | | | | | | | |
Accrued liability for cost of common unit forfeited | | $ | 125 | | $ | — | | $ | — | |
Acquisition of software and maintenance in exchange for deferred payment arrangement | | $ | — | | $ | 825 | | $ | — | |
Accrued liability for repurchase of common stock | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 1,118 | |
See accompanying notes
F-6
Kanbay International, Inc.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
1. Significant accounting policies
Description of business
Kanbay International, Inc. (the "Company") is a global provider of information technology services and solutions dedicated to the financial services industry. The Company combines technical expertise with in-depth industry knowledge to offer a comprehensive suite of services, including business process and technology advice, software package selection and integration, application development, maintenance and support, network and system security and specialized services, through its global delivery model. The Company provides services primarily to credit card issuers, commercial and retail lending institutions, securities and investment management firms and insurance companies in North America, Asia-Pacific and Europe.
Basis of presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly and majority owned subsidiaries, after elimination of significant intercompany accounts and transactions.
The Company accounts for its interest (49.2% at December 31, 2002 and 49.1% at December 31, 2003) in SSS Holdings Corporation Limited (SSS), a company based in the United Kingdom, under the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, the Company's share of income or loss of SSS is recorded as "equity in earnings of affiliate" in the consolidated statements of operations.
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
Accounts receivable
The collectibility of the Company's accounts receivable is based upon a combination of factors. In circumstances where a specific customer is unable to meet its financial obligations (e.g., bankruptcy filings), a specific reserve for bad debts is recorded against amounts due to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. For all other customers, reserves for bad debts are based on historical collection experience.
The allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2002 and 2003 totaled $874 and $659, respectively.
F-7
Property and equipment
Property and equipment, including assets under capital leases, are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
Buildings | | 28 years |
Computer equipment | | 3 years |
Computer software | | 3 years |
Furniture and fixtures | | 7 years |
Leasehold improvements | | 2 – 7 years |
Goodwill
Prior to 2002, goodwill was being amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of 15 years. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Under SFAS No. 142 goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles are no longer amortized but are reviewed for impairment at least annually.
Impairment of long-lived assets
Long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets." In the event that facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any long-lived assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset would be compared to the asset's carrying amount to determine if a write-down to fair value is required.
Income taxes
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based upon management's estimates, it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized in a future period. The estimates utilized in the recognition of deferred tax assets are subject to revision in future periods based on new facts or circumstances.
Foreign currency translation
The financial statements of Kanbay Software (India) Private Limited, which has the U.S. dollar as its functional currency, are remeasured into U.S. dollars using current rates of exchange for monetary assets and liabilities and historical rates of exchange for nonmonetary assets. Adjustments from remeasurement are included in operations.
All of the Company's other international subsidiaries use the local currency as their functional currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates as of the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at weighted average exchange rates. The adjustments resulting from translation are included as a component of stockholders' equity.
F-8
Revenue recognition
The Company provides services on either a time-and-materials or a fixed-price basis. Revenues related to time-and-materials contracts are recognized as the service is performed.
Revenues related to fixed-price contracts, which primarily relate to application development and enhancement projects, are recognized as the service is performed using the proportionate performance method of accounting, under which the sales value of performance, including estimated earnings thereon, is recognized on the basis of the percentage that each contract's cost to date bears to the total estimated cost. In general, fixed-price contracts are cancelable subject to a specified notice period. All services provided through the date of cancellation are due and payable under the contract terms. The Company invoices fixed-price contracts based upon the terms of the contract or upon achievement of milestones during the project. Differences between the timing of billings and the recognition of revenue are recognized as either unbilled or deferred revenue. The Company does not incur significant up-front costs associated with fixed-price contracts and all costs related to the services provided are expensed as incurred. Estimates are subject to adjustment as a project progresses to reflect changes in expected completion costs or dates. The cumulative impact of any revision in estimates is reflected in the financial reporting period in which the change in estimate becomes known and any anticipated losses on contracts are recognized immediately. An estimate for warranty provisions under such contracts, which generally exist for a period ranging from thirty to ninety days past contract completion, is included in the total estimated cost when calculating proportionate performance. Failure to accurately estimate the resources and time required for a fixed-price project, or failure to complete contractual obligations within the time frame committed, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition. In addition, certain contracts require the Company to provide a fixed number of hours of service per year, but do not contain defined deliverables. Revenues from these contracts are also recognized on the same proportionate performance basis.
The Company's subsidiary in Australia sells third party software licenses and maintenance agreements for the support of those products. Revenues from the sale of third party software licenses are recognized in the period in which the licenses are delivered. Maintenance agreements generally cover a period of twelve months from the date of sale. Revenues from maintenance contracts are amortized over the term of the agreement. The unrecognized portion of the revenue at the end of each accounting period is recorded as deferred revenue.
Reimbursements received for out of pocket expenses incurred are included in revenues and cost of revenues and totaled $436, $969 and $524 during 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
Advertising costs
Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred and totaled $150, $108 and $188 during 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
Derivatives
The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The Statement requires the Company to recognize all derivatives in the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges are adjusted to fair value through operations. If the Company elects to account for a derivative as a hedge, depending on the
F-9
nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of such derivatives are either offset against the change in the fair value of the respective assets or liabilities through operations, or recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in operations.
Stock options
The Company has one stock-based employee compensation plan (see Note 12). SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," encourages, but does not require companies to record compensation cost for stock-based employee compensation plans at fair value. The Company has chosen to apply Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and related interpretations in accounting for its stock option plans. Accordingly, because the number of shares is fixed and the exercise price of the stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense has been recognized.
Had compensation cost been determined based upon the fair value at the grant date for awards under the plans based on the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the Company's pro forma earnings and earnings per share would have been as follows:
| | Year ended December 31
| |
---|
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
Net income (loss), as reported | | $ | (1,251 | ) | $ | 4,378 | | $ | 11,132 | |
Compensation expense, as reported | | | 43 | | | — | | | — | |
Compensation expense, under the fair value method | | | (748 | ) | | (1,156 | ) | | (638 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Pro forma net income (loss) | | $ | (1,956 | ) | $ | 3,222 | | $ | 10,494 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Pro forma net income (loss) available to common stockholders | | $ | (2,564 | ) | $ | 2,614 | | $ | 9,886 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | Year ended December 31
| |
---|
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
Income (loss) per share: | | | | | | | | | | |
| As reported: | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Basic | | $ | (0.17 | ) | $ | 0.34 | | $ | 0.96 | |
| | Diluted | | | (0.17 | ) | | 0.28 | | | 0.71 | |
| Pro forma: | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Basic | | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | 0.24 | | $ | 0.90 | |
| | Diluted | | | (0.23 | ) | | 0.21 | | | 0.70 | |
F-10
The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black – Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:
| | Year ended December 31
| |
---|
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
Dividend yield | | 0 | % | 0 | % | 0 | % |
Average expected option life | | 5 years | | 5 years | | 5 years | |
Risk-free interest rate | | 5.63 | % | 5.43 | % | 4.96 | % |
Expected volatility | | 70 | % | 70 | % | 70 | % |
Based on these assumptions, the weighted-average fair value of the options granted was $.38 in 2001, $1.57 in 2002 and $1.46 in 2003.
Because of the use of highly subjective assumptions, the pro forma disclosures are not likely to be representative of the effects on reported net income or loss in future years.
F-11
Income (loss) per share of common stock
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share of common stock:
| | Year ended December 31
| |
---|
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
Basic: | | | | | | | | | | |
Net income (loss) | | $ | (1,251 | ) | $ | 4,378 | | $ | 11,132 | |
Dividends on preferred stock | | | (608 | ) | | (608 | ) | | (608 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Income (loss) available to common stockholders | | $ | (1,859 | ) | $ | 3,770 | | $ | 10,524 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding | | | 10,997,327 | | | 10,997,327 | | | 11,001,289 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Basis income (loss) per share | | $ | (0.17 | ) | $ | 0.34 | | $ | 0.96 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Diluted: | | | | | | | | | | |
Net income (loss) | | $ | (1,251 | ) | $ | 4,378 | | $ | 11,132 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding | | | 10,997,327 | | | 10,997,327 | | | 11,001,289 | |
Effect of conversion of preferred stock | | | — | | | 3,333,333 | | | 3,333,333 | |
Effect of dilutive stock options and warrants | | | — | | | 1,403,254 | | | 1,250,563 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Denominator for diluted earnings per share calculation | | | 10,997,327 | | | 15,733,914 | | | 15,585,185 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Diluted income (loss) per share | | $ | (0.17 | ) | $ | 0.28 | | $ | 0.71 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Securities that are not included in the computation of diluted loss per share as their impact is antidilutive: | | | | | | | | | | |
| Convertible preferred stock | | | 3,333,333 | | | — | | | — | |
| Stock options and warrants | | | 3,161,780 | | | 233,605 | | | 233,605 | |
Fair value financial instruments
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximated fair value as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, due to the short maturities of these instruments. The carrying amount of long-term debt approximated fair value as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, based on current rates offered to the Company for debt with the same or similar maturities.
New accounting standards
In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" which requires the consolidation of variable interest entities (VIEs). VIEs are entities for which control is achieved through means other than voting rights. The consolidation requirements of FIN No. 46 were applicable immediately to all VIEs in which an interest was acquired after January 31, 2003. For VIEs in which an interest was acquired before February 1, 2003, the consolidation requirements of FIN No. 46 are generally effective at the end of 2004. The Company is not party to any VIE arrangements.
F-12
Kanbay International, Inc.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
2. Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change
Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 142. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill is deemed to be impaired if the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, the Company recorded a noncash charge of $2,043 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill of the reporting unit in Australia to zero. This reporting unit had operated at a loss and had generated negative cash flows from operations since its acquisition by the Company in October 1999. This charge is reported as a cumulative effect of accounting change in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002.
As required by SFAS No. 142, the results of operations for periods prior to its adoption have not been restated. The following table reconciles reported net loss and loss per share to pro forma net income and loss per share that would have resulted for the year ended December 31, 2001 if SFAS No. 142 had been adopted effective January 1, 2001.
| | 2001
| |
---|
Net loss, as reported | | $ | (1,251 | ) |
Goodwill amortization | | | 1,423 | |
| |
| |
Pro forma net income | | $ | 172 | |
| |
| |
Pro forma loss available to common stockholders | | $ | (436 | ) |
| |
| |
Loss per share: | | | | |
| As reported: | | | | |
| | Basic | | $ | (0.17 | ) |
| | Diluted | | | (0.17 | ) |
| Pro forma: | | | | |
| | Basic | | $ | (0.04 | ) |
| | Diluted | | | (0.04 | ) |
3. Investment in Affiliate
On November 30, 2000, the Company acquired a 50% interest in SSS for 1,120,254 shares of its Class A common stock valued at $15,941. The Company accounts for its investment in SSS under the equity method and has included its share of the net income of SSS since the date of acquisition, net of goodwill amortization in 2001, in operations. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 142 (see Note 2), the Company amortized the excess of its investment in SSS over its interest in the underlying net assets of SSS as of the date of acquisition of $12,624, on a straight-line basis over ten years.
F-13
Changes in the carrying value of SSS consist of the following:
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
Carrying value in SSS at beginning of year | | $ | 15,799 | | $ | 17,144 | |
Equity in earnings of SSS | | | 2,272 | | | 2,097 | |
Cash dividend received from SSS | | | (1,215 | ) | | (763 | ) |
Foreign currency translation adjustments | | | 288 | | | 573 | |
| |
| |
| |
Carrying value in SSS at end of year | | $ | 17,144 | | $ | 19,051 | |
| |
| |
| |
In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company no longer amortizes the excess of its investment in SSS over its interest in SSS's underlying assets determined at the November 30, 2000, date of acquisition. The carrying value of the Company's equity investment in SSS will continue to be tested for impairment in accordance with APB Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock.
Results of operations and financial position of SSS are summarized below.
| | Year ended December 31
|
---|
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
Condensed statement of operations information | | | | | | | | | |
Net revenues | | $ | 35,870 | | $ | 44,081 | | $ | 54,684 |
Gross profit | | | 13,354 | | | 16,641 | | | 21,841 |
Operating expenses | | | 7,820 | | | 9,733 | | | 15,317 |
Net income | | | 4,073 | | | 4,824 | | | 4,157 |
| | December 31
|
---|
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
Condensed balance sheet information | | | | | | |
Current assets | | $ | 8,960 | | $ | 13,971 |
Non-current assets | | | 5,307 | | | 9,595 |
| |
| |
|
Total assets | | $ | 14,267 | | $ | 23,566 |
| |
| |
|
Current liabilities | | $ | 5,384 | | $ | 9,826 |
Long-term liabilities | | | 240 | | | 1,706 |
Stockholders' equity | | | 8,643 | | | 12,034 |
| |
| |
|
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | | $ | 14,267 | | $ | 23,566 |
| |
| |
|
Prior to 2001, the Company had a 40% investment in Apogon, Inc., a development stage company. In December 2001, the Company determined the investment to be impaired and wrote off the investment balance of $644, which is included as a charge in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2001.
F-14
4. Lines of Credit
The Company has a credit facility, which provides for a $7,500 revolving line of credit maturing on April 30, 2004. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit are limited to the borrowing base, as defined in the credit facility, and bear interest at1/2 to 11/2 percentage points over prime based on the profitability of the Company. The credit facility also provides for a $3,500 sub limit for letters of credit. There were no outstanding borrowings on the revolving line of credit at December 31, 2002 or 2003. Letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2003 totaled $78. The credit facility also requires the Company to maintain certain financial covenants, including minimum profitability and a minimum quick ratio.
Kanbay Pty Ltd maintained an overdraft facility under which $353 was outstanding at December 31, 2002. Outstanding balances on the overdraft facility accrued interest at 2.5% above the National Australian Bank Lending Indicator Rate at the time the funds are drawn. The outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2002, were accruing interest at 11.4%. The overdraft facility was secured by a mortgage on all of the assets of Kanbay Pty Ltd. This facility was no longer maintained at December 31, 2003.
5. Amounts Due Related Parties
Amounts due related parties consists of the following:
| | December 31
|
---|
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
Note payable to stockholder, interest at 7.4%, due in monthly payments of $3 | | $ | 25 | | $ | — |
Note payable to stockholder, interest at 6%, due on demand | | | 200 | | | — |
Notes payable to stockholder, non interest bearing, due on demand | | | 331 | | | — |
Other related party loans | | | 96 | | | — |
| |
| |
|
| | | 652 | | | — |
Less current portion | | | 652 | | | — |
| |
| |
|
| | $ | — | | $ | — |
| |
| |
|
6. Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consists of the following:
| | December 31
|
---|
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
Foreign debt | | $ | 1,680 | | $ | — |
Capital leases | | | 81 | | | — |
| |
| |
|
| | | 1,761 | | | — |
Less current portion | | | 673 | | | — |
| |
| |
|
| | $ | 1,088 | | $ | — |
| |
| |
|
F-15
The foreign debt consisted of a bank loan to Kanbay Software (India) Private Limited. The loan was repaid in October 2003.
Interest paid by the Company totaled $261 (including $36 paid to related parties) during 2001, $424 (including $33 paid to related parties) during 2002 and $292 (including $5 paid to related parties) during 2003.
7. Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:
| | December 31
|
---|
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
Accrued bonus and commissions | | $ | 3,292 | | $ | 5,808 |
Accrued vacation | | | 1,416 | | | 2,118 |
Accrued salaries, withholding and taxes | | | 1,345 | | | 1,742 |
Obligation for common stock repurchase | | | — | | | 1,118 |
Other | | | 3,988 | | | 4,756 |
| |
| |
|
| | $ | 10,041 | | $ | 15,542 |
| |
| |
|
8. Income Taxes
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
| | Years ended December 31
| |
---|
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
Current: | | | | | | | | | | |
| Federal | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 729 | |
| State | | | 4 | | | 94 | | | 127 | |
| Foreign | | | 14 | | | 132 | | | 215 | |
Deferred | | | — | | | — | | | (811 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | $ | 18 | | $ | 226 | | $ | 260 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
F-16
Income tax expense (benefit) differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate due to the following items:
| | Years ended December 31
| |
---|
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
Provision at U.S. federal statutory rate | | $ | (419 | ) | $ | 2,260 | | $ | 3,873 | |
State taxes, net of federal effect | | | (26 | ) | | 169 | | | 331 | |
Foreign tax holiday | | | (302 | ) | | (655 | ) | | (1,637 | ) |
Undistributed earnings of SSS | | | — | | | (402 | ) | | (510 | ) |
Foreign tax credit | | | — | | | — | | | (259 | ) |
Non-deductible items | | | 228 | | | 42 | | | 265 | |
Change in valuation allowance | | | 508 | | | (1,291 | ) | | (1,342 | ) |
Other | | | 29 | | | 103 | | | (461 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | $ | 18 | | $ | 226 | | $ | 260 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Components of income (loss) before income taxes were as follows:
| | Years ended December 31
|
---|
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
United States | | $ | (652 | ) | $ | 4,232 | | $ | 6,790 |
Foreign | | | (581 | ) | | 2,415 | | | 4,602 |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | $ | (1,233 | ) | $ | 6,647 | | $ | 11,392 |
| |
| |
| |
|
Total taxes paid by the Company amounted to $9, $107 and $743 in 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
The Company's Indian subsidiary, Kanbay Software (India) Private Limited ("KSIL"), is an export oriented company which, under the Indian Income Tax Act of 1961, is entitled to claim various tax holidays for a period of ten years with respect to its export profits. Substantially all of the earnings of KSIL are attributable to export profits and, therefore are currently substantially exempt from Indian income tax. These tax holidays will begin to expire in March 2005, and under current law, will be completely phased out by March 2009.
The Government of India recently enacted new transfer pricing rules and began audits of companies, including the Company, that may be subject to the new rules. The Company is uncertain whether the audits will result in adjustments to its Indian taxable income given the lack of precedent in applying the new rules. To the extent the Company's income is taxable in India, such adjustments would increase the Company's Indian tax liability and decrease its net income.
No provision for U.S. income taxes for foreign taxes has been made on the undistributed earnings of consolidated foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are considered to be permanently invested. At December 31, 2003, the undistributed earnings amounted to $11,647. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability on the undistributed earnings is not practicable. In addition, no
F-17
provision or benefit for U.S. income taxes has been made on foreign currency translation gains or losses.
The tax effects of temporary differences of assets and liabilities between income and financial reporting are as follows:
| | December 31
| |
---|
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
Deferred tax assets: | | | | | | | |
| Net operating loss carryforwards | | $ | 2,405 | | $ | 1,898 | |
| Write-off of investment | | | 245 | | | 250 | |
| Accrued vacation | | | 398 | | | 553 | |
| Allowance for doubtful accounts | | | 307 | | | 231 | |
| Other | | | 416 | | | 245 | |
| |
| |
| |
| | | 3,771 | | | 3,177 | |
Deferred tax liabilities: | | | | | | | |
| Depreciation | | | (96 | ) | | (33 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| | | 3,675 | | | 3,144 | |
Valuation allowance | | | (3,675 | ) | | (2,333 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
Net deferred tax asset | | $ | — | | $ | 811 | |
| |
| |
| |
At December 31, 2003, the Company has foreign tax loss carryforwards of approximately $6,859 which may be carried forward indefinitely. These operating loss carryforwards are subject to audit by the various taxing authorities.
The Company established a valuation allowance at December 31, 2002 and 2003, due to uncertainty regarding the realization of certain deferred tax assets because the Company does not have an established history of profitability in the respective tax jurisdiction. The reduction in the valuation allowance in 2003, was due principally to the utilization in full of net operating loss carryforwards in the United States.
Undistributed earnings of the Company's investment in SSS amounted to approximately $3,820 at December 31, 2003. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company expects to have foreign tax credits available to offset any federal income tax liability. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded a deferred tax liability at December 31, 2003.
9. Lease Commitments
The Company leases various facilities and computer equipment under noncancelable operating leases. Total rent expense during the year ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, was $1,583, $1,473 and $1,678, respectively.
Future minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases with terms in excess of one year are $1,551 in 2004, $656 in 2005, $450 in 2006, $420 in 2007, $65 in 2008 and $0 thereafter.
F-18
10. Benefit Plans
Kanbay Incorporated, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, sponsors a defined-contribution plan that qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan covers all eligible employees of Kanbay Incorporated. Any subsidiary or affiliate, as defined in the plan document, of Kanbay Incorporated may also adopt the plan with the Company's consent. Participants in the plan may contribute up to 15% of their before-tax earnings to the plan. In addition, Kanbay Incorporated matched 40% of employee contributions up to 6% of the employee's annual salary during 2001, 2002 and 2003. The Company's expense related to the plan was $249, $268 and $296 during the year ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
11. Stockholders' Equity
Holders of Series A-1 and Series A-2 Preferred Stock (collectively, the Preferred Stock) are entitled to receive a cash dividend of $.0005 per share per day. Each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock is currently convertible at the option of the holder at any time into one share of Class A Common Stock. Each share of Series A-2 Preferred stock is currently convertible at the option of the holder at any time into one share of Class B Common Stock. Upon liquidation, holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, prior to any distributions with respect to Class A and Class B Common Stock, an amount equal to the greater of $3.00 per share plus any accrued but unpaid dividends or the amount to which each share of Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled if such share were converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation. As of December 31, 2003, cumulative Preferred Stock dividends in arrears were $3,258 ($0.9774 per share of Preferred Stock).
Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held. Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to the greater of one vote for each share held or a number of votes such that all holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, including holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock convertible into Class B Common Stock, are entitled to cast collectively 30% of all votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders.
Holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to the number of votes, which the holder would cast if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock.
At December 31, 2003, the Company had the following warrants outstanding: (1) warrants to purchase 25,000 shares and 33,605 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $6.25 and $8.75 per share, respectively, which expire in April 2007; (2) warrants to purchase 120,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $6.25 per share which expire in October 2009; and (3) warrants to purchase 200,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $14.23 per share which expire in September 2010.
An aggregate of 7,128,004 shares of Common Stock are reserved for: (1) the conversion of Series A-1 and A-2 Preferred Stock (3,333,333 shares); (2) the exercise of warrants (378,605 shares); and (3) the exercise of stock options (3,416,066).
In connection with certain agreements, at December 31, 2002, the Company had 427,329 shares of Class A Common Stock and 427,329 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock subject to repurchase at the option of the respective stockholders. The fair value of this obligation has been reflected outside of stockholders' equity in the balance sheet at December 31, 2002. During 2003, 106,832 shares of
F-19
Class A Common Stock were redeemed by the Company and the repurchase obligation with respect to all remaining Class A common Stock and All Series A-2 Preferred Stock expired.
12. Stock Option Plan
Options may be granted to employees, outside directors, and consultants under various stock option plans. Generally, outstanding options vest over periods not exceeding four years and expire ten years after the date of grant. All options granted under the plans to date have been at prices equal to the market value of the Class A Common Stock on the date of grant. Employees' unvested options are forfeited 30 days after their date of retirement or termination unless otherwise authorized by the Board of Directors.
A summary of stock option activity is as follows:
| | Shares Available for Grant
| | Options Outstanding
| | Price Per Share
| | Weighted- Average Exercise Price
|
---|
|
---|
December 31, 2000 | | 266,514 | | 2,837,545 | | $ | 1.68 – 3.15 | | $ | 2.52 |
| Additional shares authorized | | 548,257 | | | | | | | | |
| Options granted | | (647,480 | ) | 647,480 | | | 3.15 – 6.44 | | | 4.44 |
| Options canceled | | 701,850 | | (701,850 | ) | | 1.68 – 3.15 | | | 2.68 |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|
December 31, 2001 | | 869,141 | | 2,783,175 | | | 1.68 – 6.44 | | | 2.93 |
| Options granted | | (252,500 | ) | 252,500 | | | 6.44 | | | 6.44 |
| Options canceled | | 274,600 | | (274,600 | ) | | 1.68 – 6.44 | | | 2.72 |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|
December 31, 2002 | | 891,241 | | 2,761,075 | | | 1.68 – 6.44 | | | 3.19 |
| Options granted | | (130,000 | ) | 130,000 | | | 6.44 – 7.58 | | | 6.66 |
| Options exercised | | | | (236,250 | ) | | 1.68 – 2.70 | | | 2.36 |
| Options canceled | | 178,525 | | (178,525 | ) | | 1.68 – 6.44 | | | 2.70 |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|
December 31, 2003 | | 939,766 | | 2,476,300 | | $ | 1.68 – 7.58 | | $ | 3.14 |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|
The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at December 31, 2003:
Number Outstanding
| | Average Remaining Contractual Life
| | Weighted-Average Exercise Price
| | Options Exercisable
|
---|
|
---|
415,700 | | 5.3 years | | $ | 1.68 | | 415,700 |
1,003,120 | | 5.7 years | | | 2.70 | | 992,365 |
422,480 | | 7.0 years | | | 3.15 | | 244,490 |
252,500 | | 7.2 years | | | 6.44 | | 101,250 |
252,500 | | 8.2 years | | | 6.44 | | 63,125 |
105,000 | | 9.1 years | | | 6.44 | | — |
25,000 | | 9.7 years | | | 7.58 | | — |
| | | | | | |
|
2,476,300 | | | | | | | 1,816,930 |
| | | | | | |
|
F-20
13. Segment Information and Significant Customers
The Company operates in one line of business—providing information management consulting services. The Company earns a significant portion of their revenues from a limited number of customers. During the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, their largest customer accounted for 45.0%, 47.4% and 53.2% of net revenues and their second largest customer accounted for 9.6%, 13.5% and 13.0% of net revenues. Both of these customers are stockholders of the Company. The Company's five largest customers accounted for 70.7%, 74.7% and 80.7% of net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. At December 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company had two customers which collectively accounted for 53.3% and 58.5% of accounts receivable, respectively.
During 2001, the Company incurred a charge of $393 related to the write-off of accounts receivable for consulting services performed for one of these clients.
14. Foreign Forward Exchange Contracts
During 2002, the Company entered into several foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce its exposure with respect to certain future commitments and anticipated cash flows in Australia. The Company elected not to use hedge accounting. At December 31, 2002, the Company had contracts outstanding for the purchase of AUS $986 for $547 through March 2003. As of December 31, 2002, the fair market value of these contracts totaled AUS $969, and in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, the Company recorded a charge to operations in 2002 of $10.
During 2003, the Company discontinued using foreign exchange forward contracts in Australia and has no contracts outstanding at December 31, 2003.
15. Geographic Information
The Company operates in various foreign countries. Net revenues and total assets in these various countries are as follows:
| | Year ended December 31, 2001
|
---|
| | Net Revenues
| | Intercompany Elimination
| | Consolidated Net Revenues
|
---|
|
---|
| Australia | | $ | 10,560 | | $ | — | | $ | 10,560 |
| Hong Kong | | | 2,227 | | | — | | | 2,227 |
| India | | | 10,784 | | | (10,779 | ) | | 5 |
| Japan | | | 38 | | | — | | | 38 |
| Singapore | | | 643 | | | — | | | 643 |
| United Kingdom | | | 6,490 | | | — | | | 6,490 |
| United States | | | 49,691 | | | — | | | 49,691 |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | $ | 80,433 | | $ | (10,779 | ) | $ | 69,654 |
| |
| |
| |
|
F-21
| | Year ended December 31, 2002
|
---|
| | Net Revenues
| | Intercompany Elimination
| | Consolidated Net Revenues
|
---|
|
---|
| Australia | | $ | 11,662 | | $ | — | | $ | 11,662 |
| Hong Kong | | | 1,735 | | | — | | | 1,735 |
| India | | | 17,083 | | | (17,083 | ) | | — |
| Japan | | | 589 | | | — | | | 589 |
| Singapore | | | 981 | | | — | | | 981 |
| United Kingdom | | | 2,279 | | | — | | | 2,279 |
| United States | | | 65,343 | | | — | | | 65,343 |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | $ | 99,672 | | $ | (17,083 | ) | $ | 82,589 |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | Year ended December 31, 2003
|
---|
| | Net Revenues
| | Intercompany Elimination
| | Consolidated Net Revenues
|
---|
|
---|
| Australia | | $ | 10,583 | | $ | — | | $ | 10,583 |
| Hong Kong | | | 1,267 | | | — | | | 1,267 |
| India | | | 28,342 | | | (28,284 | ) | | 58 |
| Japan | | | 742 | | | — | | | 742 |
| Singapore | | | 1,939 | | | — | | | 1,939 |
| United Kingdom | | | 4,310 | | | — | | | 4,310 |
| United States | | | 88,254 | | | — | | | 88,254 |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | $ | 135,437 | | $ | (28,284 | ) | $ | 107,153 |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | December 31
|
---|
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
Total assets: | | | | | | |
| Australia | | $ | 3,658 | | $ | 3,397 |
| Canada | | | — | | | 34 |
| Hong Kong | | | 614 | | | 583 |
| India | | | 7,115 | | | 12,037 |
| Japan | | | 590 | | | 432 |
| Singapore | | | 473 | | | 990 |
| United Kingdom | | | 661 | | | 1,777 |
| United States | | | 36,304 | | | 44,625 |
| |
| |
|
| | $ | 49,415 | | $ | 63,875 |
| |
| |
|
F-22
| | December 31
|
---|
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
Net long-lived assets: | | | | | | |
| Australia | | $ | 316 | | $ | 243 |
| Canada | | | — | | | 2 |
| Hong Kong | | | 26 | | | 24 |
| India | | | 5,632 | | | 8,459 |
| Japan | | | 7 | | | 34 |
| Singapore | | | 7 | | | 11 |
| United Kingdom | | | — | | | 2 |
| United States | | | 19,874 | | | 21,631 |
| |
| |
|
| | $ | 25,862 | | $ | 30,406 |
| |
| |
|
F-23
SSS Holdings Corporation Limited
REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
To: The Board of Directors
SSS Holdings Corporation Limited
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SSS Holdings Corporation Limited as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts and statements of total recognized gains and losses, cash flows and movements in shareholders' funds for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with United Kingdom auditing standards and United States generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, based on our audit, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SSS Holdings Corporation Limited at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom which differ in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (see Note 28 of Notes to the consolidated financial statements).
ERNST & YOUNG LLP | |
Manchester United Kingdom March 9, 2004 | |
F-24
SSS Holdings Corporation Limited
CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNTS
| | Note
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| |
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Turnover — existing operations | | 2 | | 24,906,090 | | 29,375,857 | | 30,136,581 |
— acquisitions | | | | — | | — | | 3,345,714 |
| | | |
| |
| |
|
Total turnover | | | | 24,906,090 | | 29,375,857 | | 33,482,295 |
Cost of sales | | | | 15,633,691 | | 18,286,411 | | 20,109,021 |
| | | |
| |
| |
|
Gross profit | | | | 9,272,399 | | 11,089,446 | | 13,373,274 |
Administrative expenses | | | | 5,429,585 | | 6,486,360 | | 9,378,640 |
| | | |
| |
| |
|
Operating profit/(loss) — existing operations | | | | 3,842,814 | | 4,603,086 | | 3,477,116 |
— acquisitions | | | | — | | — | | 517,518 |
Total operating profit | | 3 | | 3,842,814 | | 4,603,086 | | 3,994,634 |
Interest receivable and similar income | | | | 24,933 | | 42,009 | | 46,488 |
Interest payable and similar charges | | 6 | | — | | — | | 31,644 |
| | | |
| |
| |
|
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation | | | | 3,867,747 | | 4,645,095 | | 4,009,478 |
Taxation on profit on ordinary activities | | 7 | | 1,188,501 | | 1,429,650 | | 1,538,114 |
| | | |
| |
| |
|
Profit for the financial year(1) | | | | 2,679,246 | | 3,215,445 | | 2,471,364 |
Dividends | | 8 | | 1,502,155 | | 1,548,640 | | 1,100,244 |
| | | |
| |
| |
|
Retained profit for the year | | 18 | | 1,177,091 | | 1,666,805 | | 1,371,120 |
| | | |
| |
| |
|
- (1)
- A summary of the significant adjustments to profit for the year that would be required if United States generally accepted accounting principles were applied instead of those generally accepted in the United Kingdom is set out in note 28 to the consolidated accounts.
The notes on pages 6 to 24 form part of these consolidated accounts.
F-25
SSS Holdings Corporation Limited
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF TOTAL RECOGNISED GAINS AND LOSSES
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Profit for the financial year | | 2,679,246 | | 3,215,445 | | 2,471,364 | |
Currency translation differences on foreign currency | | | | | | | |
| Net investment | | — | | (6,128 | ) | (18,650 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Total recognised gains and losses for the year | | 2,679,246 | | 3,209,317 | | 2,452,714 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
The statement of comprehensive income required under United States generally accepted accounting principles is set out in note 28 to the consolidated accounts
The notes on pages 6 to 24 form part of these consolidated accounts.
F-26
SSS Holdings Corporation Limited
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
| | Note
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| |
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Fixed assets | | | | | | |
| Intangible assets | | 9 | | — | | 1,574,328 |
| Tangible assets | | 10 | | 3,078,729 | | 3,750,072 |
| Investments | | 11 | | 230,000 | | 73,000 |
| | | |
| |
|
| | | | 3,308,729 | | 5,397,400 |
Current assets | | | | | | |
| Debtors | | 12 | | 5,209,133 | | 5,081,282 |
| Cash at bank and in hand | | | | 377,484 | | 2,777,180 |
| | | |
| |
|
| | | | 5,586,617 | | 7,858,462 |
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year | | 13 | | 3,356,973 | | 5,527,141 |
| | | |
| |
|
Net current assets/(liabilities) | | | | 2,229,644 | | 2,331,321 |
| | | |
| |
|
Total assets less current liabilities | | | | 5,538,373 | | 7,728,721 |
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year | | 14 | | — | | 587,206 |
Provisions for liabilities and charges | | | | | | |
| Deferred taxation | | 15 | | 149,833 | | 372,280 |
| | | |
| |
|
| | | | 5,388,540 | | 6,769,235 |
| | | |
| |
|
Capital and reserves | | | | | | |
| Called up share capital | | 16 | | 914 | | 918 |
| Share premium account | | 17 | | 29,480 | | 57,701 |
| Capital reserve | | 17 | | 9,962 | | 9,962 |
| Profit and loss account | | 17 | | 5,348,184 | | 6,700,654 |
| | | |
| |
|
Equity shareholders' funds(1) | | 18 | | 5,388,540 | | 6,769,235 |
| | | |
| |
|
- (1)
- A summary of the significant adjustments to equity shareholders' funds that would be required if United States generally accepted accounting principles were applied instead of those generally accepted in the United Kingdom is set out in note 28 to the consolidated accounts.
The notes on pages 6 to 24 form part of these consolidated accounts.
F-27
SSS Holdings Corporation Limited
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
| | Note
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| |
| | £
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Net cash inflow from operating activities | | 19 | | 6,083,573 | | 3,140,657 | | 7,126,826 | |
Returns on investments | | 20 | | 24,933 | | 42,009 | | 14,844 | |
Corporation tax paid | | | | (812,255 | ) | (2,043,339 | ) | (1,486,220 | ) |
Capital expenditure | | 20 | | (1,642,060 | ) | (1,529,722 | ) | (1,734,984 | ) |
Acquisitions | | 22 | | — | | — | | (587,130 | ) |
Financing | | 20 | | 9,575 | | 700 | | 28,225 | |
Equity dividends paid | | | | (1,502,155 | ) | (1,548,640 | ) | (961,865 | ) |
| | | |
| |
| |
| |
Increase/(decrease) in cash | | | | 2,161,611 | | (1,938,335 | ) | 2,399,696 | |
| | | |
| |
| |
| |
RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH FLOW TO MOVEMENT IN NET FUNDS (see note 20)
| |
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| |
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Increase/(decrease) in cash in the year | | 2,161,611 | | (1,938,335 | ) | 2,399,696 |
Net funds at 1 January | | 154,208 | | 2,315,819 | | 377,484 |
| | | |
| |
| |
|
Net funds at 31 December | | 2,315,819 | | 377,484 | | 2,777,180 |
| | | |
| |
| |
|
The significant differences between the cash flow statements presented above and those required under United States generally accepted accounting principles are set out in note 28 to the consolidated accounts.
The notes on pages 6 to 24 form part of these consolidated accounts.
F-28
SSS Holdings Corporation Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Accounting policies
The consolidated accounts have been prepared under the historical cost convention and are in accordance with applicable United Kingdom accounting standards. The principal accounting policies are:
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated accounts incorporate the financial statements of SSS Holdings Corporation Limited and its subsidiary undertakings (together "the group") made up to 31 December each year. The group uses the acquisition method of accounting to consolidate the results of subsidiary undertakings. The results of a subsidiary undertaking are included from the date of acquisition.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on an acquisition of a subsidiary is the difference between the fair value of the consideration paid and the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired. It is capitalised and amortised through the profit and loss account over the directors' estimate of its useful economic life, which is 15 years.
Negative goodwill arising on consolidation on acquisitions pre 23 December 1998 is credited to a capital reserve.
Turnover
Turnover represents sales to external customers at invoiced amount less value added tax.
Depreciation
Depreciation is provided to write off the cost, less estimated residual values, of all fixed assets, over their expected useful lives. It is calculated at the following annual rates on a straight line basis:
Fixtures and fittings and office equipment | | — | | 10% - 20% |
Leasehold improvements | | — | | 10% |
Computer equipment | | — | | 331/3% |
Motor vehicles | | — | | 25% |
Nursery equipment | | — | | 10% |
Deferred taxation
Deferred tax balances are recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed by the balance sheet date except that:
- –>
- deferred tax is not recognised on timing differences arising on revalued properties unless the company has entered into a binding sale agreement and is not proposing to take advantage of rollover relief; and
- –>
- the recognition of deferred tax assets is limited to the extent that the company anticipates to make sufficient taxable profits in the future to absorb the reversal of the underlying timing differences.
Deferred tax balances arising from underlying timing differences in respect of tax allowances on industrial buildings are reversed if and when all conditions for retaining those allowances have been met.
Deferred tax balances are not discounted.
F-29
Pension costs
Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes are charged to the profit and loss account in the year in which they become payable.
Investments
Investments are stated at cost less any provision for a permanent diminution in value.
Operating leases
Annual rentals on operating leases are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight line basis over the term of the lease.
Employee benefit trust
The group is deemed to have control of the assets, liabilities, income and costs of its Employee Benefit Trust (EBT). It has therefore been included in the financial statements of the company in accordance with UITF 32 "Employee benefit trusts and other intermediate payment arrangements".
Contributions made to the Trust are charged to the profit and loss account to the extent that the assets held by the Trust as a result of the contribution have been unconditionally gifted to the beneficiaries or, if earlier, when a constructive obligation has arisen and created a liability of the company. The value of any assets held by the Trust that have not been unconditionally transferred to beneficiaries is included within cash. In accordance with FRS 12 "Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets", constructive obligations to employees in respect of past services to the business have been charged to the profit and loss account in the period to which they relate.
Government grants
Grants relating to expenditure on tangible fixed assets are credited to the profit and loss account at the same rate as the depreciation on the assets to which the grant relates. The deferred element of grants is included in creditors as deferred income.
Grants of a revenue nature are credited to the profit and loss account in the year to which they relate.
Research and development
Expenditure on pure and applied research is charged to the profit and loss account in the year in which it is incurred.
Development costs are also charged to the profit and loss account in the year of expenditure, unless individual projects satisfy all of the following criteria:
- –>
- the project is clearly defined and related expenditure is separately identifiable;
- –>
- the project is technically feasible and commercially viable;
- –>
- current and future costs are expected to be exceeded by future sales; and
- –>
- adequate resources exist for the project to be completed.
In such circumstances the costs are carried forward and amortised over a period not exceeding years commencing in the year the group starts to benefit from the expenditure.
F-30
2. Turnover
All turnover relates to the group's principal activity, computer software development, and arises as follows:
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
United Kingdom | | 24,906,090 | | 29,375,857 | | 30,136,581 |
United States of America | | — | | — | | 3,328,967 |
China | | — | | — | | 16,747 |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | 24,906,090 | | 29,375,857 | | 33,482,295 |
| |
| |
| |
|
During the year to 31 December 2002, Strategic Back-Office Solutions Limited was incorporated and SSS Holdings Corporation Limited acquired 75% of the ordinary share capital.
On 3 February 2003, SSS Holdings Corporation Limited purchased the assets of the Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch Horsham. The trade for the year to 31 December 2003 is analysed as "acquisitions" in the profit and loss accounts.
3. Operating profit
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
This is arrived at after charging/(crediting): | | | | | | | |
| Depreciation of tangible fixed assets | | 921,291 | | 1,021,594 | | 1,148,231 | |
| Amortisation of intangible fixed assets | | — | | — | | 102,471 | |
| Hire of other assets—operating leases | | 471,594 | | 655,967 | | 874,701 | |
| Research and development | | — | | 617,833 | | 135,000 | |
| Auditors' remuneration—audit services | | 12,000 | | 14,500 | | 16,500 | |
| Government grants | | (57,500 | ) | (30,833 | ) | (66,250 | ) |
| Profit on sale of fixed assets | | (5,036 | ) | (7,873 | ) | — | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
F-31
4. Employees
The average monthly number of employees of the group during the year, including executive directors, was 545 (2002-496, 2001-384).
Staff costs for all employees, including executive directors, consist of:
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Wages and salaries | | 14,692,381 | | 16,463,422 | | 18,877,113 |
Impairment in value of EBT assets expensed | | 726,200 | | 972,220 | | 7,119 |
Social security costs | | 1,360,745 | | 1,680,187 | | 2,133,114 |
Other pension costs | | 568,605 | | 773,747 | | 935,356 |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | 17,347,931 | | 19,889,576 | | 21,952,702 |
| |
| |
| |
|
5. Directors
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Directors' emoluments consist of: | | | | | | |
| Emoluments | | 517,275 | | 517,528 | | 507,144 |
| Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes | | 63,000 | | 72,000 | | 72,000 |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | 580,275 | | 589,528 | | 579,144 |
| |
| |
| |
|
Emoluments of the highest paid director are as follows: | | | | | | |
| Emoluments (excluding pension contributions) | | 259,962 | | 260,382 | | 257,144 |
| Contributions to defined contribution pension scheme | | 31,500 | | 36,000 | | 36,000 |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | 291,462 | | 296,382 | | 293,144 |
| |
| |
| |
|
Two directors (2002-two) were members of defined contribution pension schemes.
6. Interest payable and similar income
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
| Other interest | | — | | — | | 31,644 |
| |
| |
| |
|
7. Taxation on profit on ordinary activities
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Corporation tax | | 1,238,396 | | 1,339,691 | | 1,315,667 |
Deferred tax | | | | | | |
Origination and reversal of timing differences (note 15) | | (49,895 | ) | 89,959 | | 222,447 |
| |
| |
| |
|
Taxation on profit on ordinary activities | | 1,188,501 | | 1,429,650 | | 1,538,114 |
| |
| |
| |
|
F-32
The tax assessed for the year differs from the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. The differences are explained below:
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Profit on ordinary activities before tax | | 3,867,747 | | 4,645,095 | | 4,009,478 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Profit on ordinary activities at the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 30% | | 1,160,324 | | 1,393,528 | | 1,202,843 | |
Effects of: | | | | | | | |
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes | | 20,922 | | 12,459 | | 62,290 | |
Adjustment to tax in respect of previous years | | (22,596 | ) | (23,692 | ) | 1,648 | |
Tax rate differences | | (1,593 | ) | 25,141 | | 52,873 | |
Depreciation in excess of capital allowances | | 81,339 | | (67,745 | ) | (3,987 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Taxation on profit on ordinary activities | | 1,238,396 | | 1,339,691 | | 1,315,667 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
8. Dividends
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Ordinary dividend paid | | 1,502,155 | | 1,548,640 | | 961,865 |
Ordinary dividend proposed | | — | | — | | 138,379 |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | 1,502,155 | | 1,548,640 | | 1,100,244 |
| |
| |
| |
|
9. Intangible fixed assets
Group
| | Goodwill
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
|
---|
Cost | | |
| At 1 January and 31 December 2002 | | — |
| Additions (see note 21) | | 1,676,799 |
| |
|
| At 31 December 2003 | | 1,676,799 |
| |
|
Amortisation | | |
| At 1 January and 31 December 2002 | | — |
| Charge for the year | | 102,471 |
| |
|
| At 31 December 2003 | | 102,471 |
| |
|
Net book value | | |
| At 31 December 2002 | | — |
| |
|
| At 31 December 2003 | | 1,574,328 |
| |
|
F-33
10. Tangible assets
Group
| | Fixtures, fittings and office equipment
| | Leasehold improvements
| | Computer equipment
| | Motor vehicles
| | Childcare nursery
| | Total
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
| | £
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Cost | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| At 1 January 2002 | | 1,333,569 | | 590,725 | | 2,707,964 | | 45,148 | | — | | 4,677,406 | |
| Additions | | 418,328 | | 96,350 | | 551,806 | | — | | 472,238 | | 1,538,722 | |
| Disposals | | — | | — | | — | | (27,050 | ) | — | | (27,050 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| At 31 December 2002 | | 1,751,897 | | 687,075 | | 3,259,770 | | 18,098 | | 472,238 | | 6,189,078 | |
| Additions | | 733,348 | | 407,300 | | 424,679 | | — | | 262,165 | | 1,827,492 | |
| Disposals | | — | | — | | — | | (18,098 | ) | — | | (18,098 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| At 31 December 2003 | | 2,485,245 | | 1,094,375 | | 3,684,449 | | — | | 734,403 | | 7,998,472 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Depreciation | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| At 1 January 2002 | | 254,062 | | 250,784 | | 1,582,584 | | 27,248 | | — | | 2,114,678 | |
| Charge for the year | | 147,136 | | 123,652 | | 731,771 | | 6,215 | | 12,820 | | 1,021,594 | |
| Disposals | | — | | — | | — | | (25,923 | ) | — | | (25,923 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| At 31 December 2002 | | 401,198 | | 374,436 | | 2,314,355 | | 7,540 | | 12,820 | | 3,110,349 | |
| Charge for the year | | 223,037 | | 173,293 | | 684,423 | | 2,640 | | 64,838 | | 1,148,231 | |
| Disposals | | — | | — | | — | | (10,180 | ) | — | | (10,180 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| At 31 December 2003 | | 624,235 | | 547,729 | | 2,998,778 | | — | | 77,658 | | 4,248,400 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Net book value | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| At 31 December 2002 | | 1,350,699 | | 312,639 | | 945,415 | | 10,558 | | 459,418 | | 3,078,729 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| At 31 December 2003 | | 1,861,010 | | 546,646 | | 685,671 | | — | | 656,745 | | 3,750,072 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
11. Fixed asset investments
| | Other unlisted investments
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| |
---|
Cost or valuation | | | |
At 1 January 2002 and 31 December 2002 | | 230,000 | |
Impairment | | (157,000 | ) |
| |
| |
At 31 December 2003 | | 73,000 | |
| |
| |
Other unlisted investments represents the cost of a 23% shareholding in The Monocle Holdings Corporation Limited.
F-34
The following unlisted companies were subsidiary undertakings at the end of the year and have been included in the consolidated accounts.
Name
| | Country of incorporation or registration
| | Proportion of voting rights and ordinary share capital held
| | Nature of business
|
---|
|
---|
Strategic System Solutions Ltd | | England | | 100 | % | Computer software development |
Strategic System Solutions Inc. | | USA | | 100 | % | Computer software development |
Strategic Training Solutions Ltd | | England | | 100 | % | Computer training provider |
Strategic Back-Office Solutions Ltd | | England | | 75 | % | Back office services |
SSS Hangzhou Co. Limited(*) | | China | | 100 | % | Computer software development |
- (*)
- Shares held by Strategic Systems Solutions Limited
The principal undertakings in which the company's interest at the year end is more than 20% and are not included in the consolidated accounts, are as follows:
Name
| | Country of incorporation or registration
| | Proportion of voting rights and ordinary share capital held
| | Nature of business
|
---|
|
---|
Strategic Investments Solutions Limited | | England | | 50 | % | Pension investment adviser |
The Monocle Holdings Corporation Limited | | England | | 23 | % | Computer software development |
The Monocle Corporation Limited | | England | | 23 | %(*) | Computer software development |
- (*)
- Shares held by The Monocle Holdings Corporation Limited
Unless otherwise stated, the following figures have been extracted from the audited financial statements for the years ended 30 June 2001, 2002 and 2003:
Aggregate share capital and reserves
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Strategic Investments Solutions Limited | | 26,550 | | 14,860 | |
The Monocle Holdings Corporation Limited(*) | | 237,500 | | 237,500 | |
The Monocle Corporation Limited(*) | | (190,686 | ) | (250,588 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
F-35
Profit/(loss) for the year
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Strategic Investments Solutions Limited | | 73,257 | | 54,532 | | 32,310 | |
The Monocle Holdings Corporation Limited(*) | | — | | — | | — | |
The Monocle Corporation Limited(*) | | (44,728 | ) | (60,367 | ) | (59,902 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
- (*)
- Figures for 30 June 2003 extracted from unaudited management accounts
These investments are treated as fixed asset investments as, in the opinion of the directors, the group does not exert significant influence over the operating and financial policies of these entities.
12. Debtors
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Due within one year | | | | |
| Trade debtors | | 2,784,770 | | 2,212,380 |
| Other debtors | | 54,413 | | — |
| Prepayments and accrued income | | 2,262,629 | | 2,838,222 |
| Corporation tax recoverable | | 107,321 | | 30,680 |
| |
| |
|
| | 5,209,133 | | 5,081,282 |
| |
| |
|
13. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
|
---|
| Trade creditors | | 464,453 | | 411,538 |
| Deferred consideration (note 21) | | — | | 587,053 |
| Taxation and social security | | 1,490,918 | | 1,356,755 |
| Dividend proposed | | — | | 138,379 |
| Corporation tax | | 664,265 | | 595,374 |
| Accruals and deferred income | | 737,337 | | 2,438,042 |
| |
| |
|
| | 3,356,973 | | 5,527,141 |
| |
| |
|
14. Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
|
---|
| Deferred consideration (note 21) | | — | | 587,206 |
| |
| |
|
F-36
15. Deferred taxation
Deferred taxation
| |
| | £
| |
---|
At 1 January 2001 | | 109,769 | |
Released to profit and loss account | | (49,895 | ) |
| |
| |
At 31 December 2001 | | 59,874 | |
Charge to profit and loss account | | 89,959 | |
| |
| |
At 31 December 2002 | | 149,833 | |
Charge to profit and loss account | | 222,447 | |
| |
| |
At 31 December 2003 | | 372,280 | |
| |
| |
Deferred taxation analysis
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Accelerated capital allowances | | 169,750 | | 421,766 | |
Short term timing differences | | (19,917 | ) | (49,486 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| | 149,833 | | 372,280 | |
| |
| |
| |
16. Share capital
Authorised
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
100,000 ordinary shares of 1p each | | 1,000 | | — | | — |
10,000,000 ordinary shares of 0.01p each | | — | | 1,000 | | 1,000 |
| |
| |
| |
|
Allotted, called up and fully paid
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Ordinary shares of 1p each | | 914 | | — | | — |
Ordinary shares of 0.01p each | | — | | 914 | | 918 |
| |
| |
| |
|
During the year to 31 December 2001, 415 ordinary shares of 1p each with a total nominal value of £4 were allotted for total consideration of £9,575. The premium on the shares of £9,571 has been allocated to the share premium account (note 17).
On 28 June 2002 the ordinary shares of 1p each were subdivided into 10,000,000 ordinary shares of 0.01p each.
During the year to 31 December 2002, 1,000 ordinary shares of 0.01p each with a total nominal value of 10p were allotted for a total consideration of £700. The premium on the shares of £700 has been credited to the share premium account (note 17).
F-37
During the year to 31 December 2003, 40,000 ordinary shares of 0.01p each with a total nominal value of £4 were allotted for a total consideration of £28,225. The premium on the shares of £28,221 has been credited to the share premium account (note 17).
17. Reserves
| | Share premium account
| | Capital reserve
| | Profit and loss account
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
At 1 January 2001 | | 19,209 | | 9,962 | | 2,510,416 | |
Profit for year | | — | | — | | 1,177,091 | |
Premium on new shares issued | | 9,571 | | — | | — | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
At 1 January 2002 | | 28,780 | | 9,962 | | 3,687,507 | |
Profit for year | | — | | — | | 1,666,805 | |
Premium on new shares issued | | 700 | | — | | — | |
Translation differences on foreign currency investment | | — | | — | | (6,128 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
At 31 December 2002 | | 29,480 | | 9,962 | | 5,348,184 | |
Profit for year | | — | | — | | 1,371,120 | |
Premium on new shares issued | | 28,221 | | — | | — | |
Translation differences on foreign currency investment | | — | | — | | (18,650 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
At 31 December 2003 | | 57,701 | | 9,962 | | 6,700,654 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
18. Reconciliation of movement in shareholders' funds
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Profit for the financial year | | 2,679,246 | | 3,215,445 | | 2,471,364 | |
Dividends | | 1,502,155 | | 1,548,640 | | 1,100,244 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | 1,177,091 | | 1,666,805 | | 1,371,120 | |
Issue of shares, including premium | | 9,575 | | 700 | | 28,225 | |
Translation differences on foreign currency investment | | — | | (6,128 | ) | (18,650 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Net addition to shareholders' funds | | 1,186,666 | | 1,661,377 | | 1,380,695 | |
Opening shareholders' funds | | 2,540,497 | | 3,727,163 | | 5,388,540 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Closing shareholders' funds | | 3,727,163 | | 5,388,540 | | 6,769,235 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
F-38
19. Reconciliation of operating profit to net cash inflow from operating activities
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Operating profit | | 3,842,814 | | 4,603,086 | | 3,994,634 |
Depreciation | | 921,291 | | 1,021,594 | | 1,148,231 |
Amortisation | | — | | — | | 102,471 |
Profit on sale of fixed assets | | (5,036 | ) | (7,873 | ) | — |
Decrease/(increase) in debtors | | 846,310 | | (2,285,573 | ) | 51,210 |
Increase/(decrease) in creditors | | 478,194 | | (190,577 | ) | 1,830,280 |
| |
| |
| |
|
Net cash inflow from operating activities | | 6,083,573 | | 3,140,657 | | 7,126,826 |
| |
| |
| |
|
20. Notes to the cash flow statement
i) Gross cash flows
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Returns on investments | | | | | | | |
Interest received | | 24,933 | | 42,009 | | 46,488 | |
Interest paid | | — | | — | | (31,644 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | 24,933 | | 42,009 | | 14,844 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Capital expenditure | | | | | | | |
Payments to acquire tangible assets | | (1,656,018 | ) | (1,538,722 | ) | (1,742,902 | ) |
Receipts from sale of tangible fixed assets | | 13,958 | | 9,000 | | 7,918 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | (1,642,060 | ) | (1,529,722 | ) | (1,734,984 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Financing | | | | | | | |
Issue of ordinary share capital | | 9,575 | | 700 | | 28,225 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
ii) Analysis of changes in net funds
| | At 1 January 2001
| | Cash flows
| | At 31 December 2001
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Cash at bank and in hand | | 154,208 | | 2,161,611 | | 2,315,819 |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | At 1 January 2002
| | Cash flows
| | At 31 December 2002
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Cash at bank and in hand | | 2,315,819 | | (1,938,335 | ) | 377,484 |
| |
| |
| |
|
| | At 1 January 2003
| | Cash flows
| | At 31 December 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Cash at bank and in hand | | 377,484 | | 2,399,696 | | 2,777,180 |
| |
| |
| |
|
F-39
21. Acquisitions
The following acquisitions have been made:
(i) Acquisition of assets of the Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch Horsham.
On 3 February 2003, the company purchased the assets of the Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch Horsham, which provided software development services to Deutsche Bank AG New York. The total consideration was €3,000,000 (£1,761,389) and is payable in six instalments ending 3 August 2005.
| | Fair value to the group
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
|
---|
Net assets acquired: | | |
Fixtures and fittings (at book value) | | 84,590 |
Goodwill (note 10) | | 1,676,799 |
| |
|
| | 1,761,389 |
| |
|
Satisfied by: | | |
Cash | | 587,130 |
Deferred consideration (notes 14 and 15) | | 1,174,259 |
| |
|
| | 1,761,389 |
| |
|
There is no financial information available for the Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch Horsham prior to the acquisition by the company and therefore the company is unable to provide details of the pre-acquisition results of the acquired business.
(ii) Acquisition of Strategic Back-Office Solutions Limited
During the year to 31 December 2002, Strategic Back-Office Solutions Limited was incorporated and SSS Holdings Corporation Limited acquired 75% of the ordinary share capital for a consideration of £75 on incorporation.
| | Book value and fair value to the group
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
|
---|
Net assets acquired: | | |
| Cash at bank | | 75 |
| |
|
Satisfied by: | | |
| Cash | | 75 |
| |
|
As the subsidiary undertaking was incorporated in the year, there are no pre-acquisition results.
F-40
22. Effect on cash flows of acquisitions and disposals
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Payments to acquire subsidiary undertakings and goodwill (note 21) | | — | | (75 | ) | (587,130 | ) |
Net cash and bank balances acquired | | — | | 75 | | — | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | — | | — | | (587,130 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
23. Commitments and contingencies
- i)
- At the balance sheet date, the group had annual commitments under non-cancellable operating leases for land and buildings as follows:
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
|
---|
Operating leases which expire: | | | | |
| In 2-5 years | | 217,664 | | 217,664 |
| After five years | | 334,068 | | 861,754 |
| |
| |
|
| | 551,732 | | 1,079,418 |
| |
| |
|
24. Pension costs
The group contributes to defined contribution pension schemes. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the group in independently administered funds. The pension cost charge for the year ended 31 December 2003 was £935,356 (2002-£773,747; 2001-£568,605).
25. Employee Benefit Trust
The following assets and liabilities relating to the Employee Benefit Trust have been included within the financial statements, in accordance with UITF 32 "Employee benefit trusts and other intermediate payment arrangements" and FRS 12 "Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets":
| | 2002
| | 2003
|
---|
|
---|
| | £
| | £
|
---|
| Cash at bank | | 1,590 | | 494 |
| Accruals | | — | | — |
| |
| |
|
| | 1,590 | | 494 |
| |
| |
|
26. Companies Act 1985
These consolidated accounts do not comprise the company's "statutory accounts" within the meaning of section 240 of the Companies Act 1985 of Great Britain. Statutory accounts for the years ended 30 June 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales. The statutory auditors' reports on such accounts were unqualified.
27. Related party transactions
During the period ended 31 December 2002 the group performed work for Kanbay International Limited Inc. which owns 49% of the issued share capital of SSS Holdings Corporation Limited. £2,600
F-41
(2001—£41,126) was invoiced during the year to 31 December 2002 in respect of this work. No work was performed for Kanbay International Inc. during the year ended 31 December 2003. In addition Kanbay Europe Limited, a subsidiary of Kanbay International Inc performed work for the group during the year ended 31 December 2003 for which £42,208 (2002—£58,949; 2001—£274,321) was invoiced.
SSS Holdings Corporation Limited, together with Morgan Stanley and Co International Inc. and the directors own 100% of the issued share capital of The Monocle Holdings Corporation Limited, the ultimate parent company of The Monocle Corporation Limited.
During the year to 31 December 2003 the group performed work for The Monocle Corporation Limited. £26,000 (2002—£nil; 2001—£60,707) was invoiced during the year to 31 December 2003 in respect of this work.
During the year to 31 December 2003, The Monocle Corporation Limited invoiced the group £6,540 (2002—£nil; 2001—£nil).
SSS Holdings Corporation Limited also own 50% of the share capital of Strategic Investment Solutions Limited. During the year to 31 December 2003, the group charged a management fee of £10,575 (2002—£10,575; 2001—£10,575) to Strategic Investment Solutions Limited.
28. Difference between United Kingdom and United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
The Company's consolidated accounts are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom ("UK GAAP") which differ from United States generally accepted accounting principles ("US GAAP"). The significant differences applicable to the Company are summarised below:
Goodwill and intangible assets
Under UK GAAP goodwill is amortised on a straight-line basis over its useful life up to a maximum of 20 years. Under US GAAP, prior to 1 January 2002, goodwill was capitalised and amortised over its estimated useful life. Under the transition provisions of SFAS 142, "Goodwill and other intangible assets", goodwill which arose during the period from 1 July 2001 to 31 December 2001 was capitalised but not amortised. Beginning 1 January 2002, all goodwill is no longer amortised, but is reviewed annually for impairment.
Dividends
Under UK GAAP, dividends are provided for in the period to which they relate. Under US GAAP, dividends payable are recognised when declared.
Accrual for vacation expense
Under UK GAAP, the group did not fully provide for vacation expense. Under US GAAP the group would fully provide for this cost.
The following is a summary of the significant adjustments to the profit for the years ended 31 December 2001, 2002 and 2003 and to shareholders' funds as of 31 December 2002 and 2003 that would be required if US GAAP were to be applied instead of UK GAAP together with the statement of comprehensive income that would be required under US GAAP.
F-42
Software costs
Under UK GAAP, costs related to purchased software are expensed to the profit and loss account as incurred. Under US GAAP such costs are capitalised in the balance sheet and depreciated over their expected useful lives.
Profit for the year
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Profit for the year as reported in the consolidated profit and loss account under UK GAAP | | 2,679,246 | | 3,215,445 | | 2,471,364 | |
Amortisation of goodwill | | — | | — | | 102,471 | |
Vacation expense | | (19,600 | ) | (11,900 | ) | 24,500 | |
Software costs | | 168,070 | | 10,934 | | (52,848 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Net income for the year under US GAAP | | 2,827,716 | | 3,214,479 | | 2,545,487 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Statement of comprehensive income
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Net income for the year under US GAAP | | 2,827,716 | | 3,214,479 | | 2,545,487 | |
Currency translation differences on foreign currency net investment | | — | | (6,128 | ) | (18,650 | ) |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Comprehensive income under US GAAP | | 2,827,716 | | 3,208,351 | | 2,526,837 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Shareholders' funds
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Shareholders' funds as reported in the consolidated balance sheet under UK GAAP | | 5,388,540 | | 6,769,235 | |
| Amortisation of goodwill | | — | | 102,471 | |
| Dividend payable | | — | | 138,379 | |
| Vacation accrual | | (107,100 | ) | (82,600 | ) |
| Software costs | | 242,618 | | 189,770 | |
| |
| |
| |
Shareholders' funds under US GAAP | | 5,524,058 | | 7,117,255 | |
| |
| |
| |
Consolidated statement of cash flows
The consolidated statement of cash flows prepared under UK GAAP present substantially the same information as that required under US GAAP. However, the statements differ with regard to the classification of items within them and as regards to the definition of cash under UK GAAP and cash and cash equivalents under US GAAP.
Under UK GAAP, cash flows are presented separately for operating activities, returns on investments and servicing of finance, taxation, capital expenditure and financial investment, acquisitions, equity
F-43
dividends and management of liquid resources and financing. US GAAP requires only three categories of cash flow to be reported; operating, investing and financing. Cash flows from taxation and returns on investments and servicing shown under UK GAAP would, with the exception of dividends paid to minority shareholders, be included within operating activities under US GAAP. The payment of dividends would be included as a financing activity under US GAAP. Capital expenditure and financial investment and acquisitions are reported within investing activities under US GAAP. Under US GAAP, cash and cash equivalents include short-term highly liquid investments but do not include bank overdrafts.
The categories of cash flow activity under US GAAP can be summarised as follows:
| | Year ended 31 December
| |
---|
| | 2001
| | 2002
| | 2003
| |
---|
| |
---|
| | £
| | £
| | £
| |
---|
Cash flow provided by operating activities | | 5,296,251 | | 1,139,327 | | 5,655,450 | |
Cash used in investing activities | | (1,642,060 | ) | (1,529,722 | ) | (2,322,114 | ) |
Cash used in financing activities | | (1,492,580 | ) | (1,547,940 | ) | (933,640 | ) |
Beginning of the period | | 154,208 | | 2,315,819 | | 377,484 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
End of the period | | 2,315,819 | | 377,484 | | 2,777,180 | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
F-44

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with this offering.
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee | | 14,571 |
NASD Filing Fee | | 12,000 |
Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee | | * |
Accounting Fees and Expenses | | * |
Printing and Engraving Expenses | | * |
Legal Fees and Expenses | | * |
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses | | * |
Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses | | * |
Miscellaneous | | * |
| |
|
| Total | | * |
| |
|
- *
- To be completed by amendment.
The foregoing items, except for the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASD fees, are estimated. All expenses will be borne by Kanbay.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Our second amended and restated articles of incorporation (filed as Exhibit 3.3 to this registration statement) and amended and restated by-laws (filed as Exhibit 3.4 to this registration statement), each of which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person's conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person's conduct was unlawful.
In addition, we have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a
II-1
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that a Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director:
- •
- for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to Kanbay or its stockholders;
- •
- for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
- •
- for payment of dividends or stock purchases or redemptions by the corporation in violation of Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
- •
- for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, includes such a provision. As a result of this provision, Kanbay and its stockholders may be unable to obtain monetary damages from a director for certain breaches of his or her fiduciary duty to Kanbay. This provision does not, however, eliminate a director's fiduciary responsibilities and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware law. The provision also does not affect a director's responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws.
We have entered into indemnification agreements, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.9, with each of our directors and officers and certain key employees that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers and certain key employees against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements may also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors or officers or certain key employees in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. However, an individual will not receive indemnification for judgments, settlements or expenses if he or she is found liable to the company (except to the extent the court determines he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses) for settlements not approved by the company or for settlements and expenses if the settlement is not approved by the court.
The Underwriting Agreement (filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement) provides that the underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to provide indemnification for Kanbay and its
II-2
officers, directors and employees for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or otherwise.
Kanbay maintains directors' and officers' liability insurance policies, which insure against liabilities that directors or officers may incur in such capacities. These insurance policies, together with the indemnification agreements, may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our directors and officers for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or otherwise.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, Kanbay has not issued and sold any unregistered securities other than the issuance and sale of 216,250 shares in connection with the exercise of options on December 19, 2003 for an aggregate exercise price of $558,570.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
- (a)
- Exhibits
| Exhibit No.
| | Description
|
---|
| 1.1* | | Form of Underwriting Agreement. |
| 3.1 | | Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. |
| 3.2* | | Form of Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. |
| 3.3* | | Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. |
| 3.4 | | By-laws, as amended. |
| 3.5* | | Form of Amended and Restated By-laws. |
| 4.1* | | Specimen Common Stock Certificate. |
| 4.2* | | Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement. |
| 4.3* | | Recapitalization Agreement between Kanbay and certain of its stockholders. |
| 4.4 | | Class A Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated September 4, 2003 issued to Household Investment Funding, Inc. |
| 4.5 | | Warrant to Purchase Common Stock No. CA-002 dated September 14, 2000 issued to Household Investment Funding, Inc. |
| 4.6 | | Warrant to Purchase Preferred Stock dated September 14, 2000 issued to Co-Investment 2000 Fund L.P. |
| 4.7 | | Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Preferred Shares dated as of April 19, 2000 issued to Silicon Valley Bank. |
| 4.8 | | Warrant No. AD-1/Replacement to Purchase Warrant Stock and a New Warrant dated August 31, 2000 issued to MSIT Holdings, Inc. |
| 4.9* | | Warrant No. AD-2/Replacement to Purchase Warrant Stock and a New Warrant dated September 14, 2000 issued to Household Investment Funding, Inc. |
| | | |
II-3
| 4.10 | | Warrant No. AD-4 to Purchase Warrant Stock and a New Warrant dated January 20, 2004 issued to MSIT Holdings, Inc. |
| 5.1* | | Opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP. |
| 10.1 | | Kanbay International 1998 Non-Qualified Option Plan. |
| 10.2* | | Kanbay International, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan. |
| 10.3* | | Kanbay International, Inc. 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. |
| 10.4* | | Severance Agreement between Kanbay and Raymond J. Spencer. |
| 10.5* | | Severance Agreement between Kanbay and William F. Weissman. |
| 10.6* | | Severance Agreement between Kanbay and Jean A. Cholka. |
| 10.7* | | Severance Agreement between Kanbay and Cyprian D'Souza. |
| 10.8* | | Severance Agreement between Kanbay and Shrihari Gokhale. |
| 10.9 | | Form of Indemnification Agreement. |
| 10.10 | | Consulting Agreement dated November 14, 1994 between Kanbay and Household International, Inc. |
| 10.11 | | Consulting Agreement dated July 28, 2000 between Kanbay and Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc. |
| 10.12 | | Master Services Agreement dated February 20, 2004 between Kanbay and A.G. Edwards Technology Group, Inc. |
| 10.13 | | Loan and Security Agreement dated April 19, 2000 by and among Silicon Valley Bank, Kanbay LLC, Kanbay Incorporated, Kanbay Europe Ltd., Kanbay Australia Pty. Ltd., Megatec Pty. Ltd. and Kanbay HK Ltd. |
| 10.14 | | Loan Modification Agreement dated March 30, 2001 by and among Silicon Valley Bank, Kanbay International, Inc., Kanbay Incorporated, Kanbay Europe Ltd., Kanbay Australia Pty. Ltd., Megatec Pty. Ltd. and Kanbay HK Ltd. |
| 10.15 | | Loan Modification Agreement dated March 5, 2002 by and among Kanbay International, Inc., Kanbay Incorporated, Kanbay Europe Ltd., Kanbay Australia Pty. Ltd., Megatec Pty. Ltd., Kanbay HK Ltd. and Silicon Valley Bank. |
| 10.16 | | Loan Modification Agreement dated April 20, 2002 by and among Kanbay International, Inc., Kanbay Incorporated, Kanbay Europe Ltd., Kanbay Australia Pty. Ltd., Megatec Pty. Ltd., Kanbay HK Ltd. and Silicon Valley Bank. |
| 10.17 | | Third Modification Agreement dated September 9, 2003 by and among Silicon Valley Bank, Kanbay International, Inc., Kanbay Incorporated, Kanbay Europe Ltd., Kanbay Australia Pty. Ltd., Megatec Pty. Ltd. and Kanbay HK Ltd. |
| 10.18* | | Office Lease dated March 27, 1998 by and between American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago and Kanbay Incorporated. |
| 10.19* | | Lease Deed dated August 21, 2003 by and between JVP Soft Private Limited and Kanbay Software (India) Private Limited. |
| 10.20* | | Lease Deed dated September 29, 2003 by and between JVP Soft Private Limited and Kanbay Software (India) Private Limited. |
| | | |
II-4
| 10.21* | | Agreement of Leave and License dated September 9, 2003 by and between Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.22* | | Agreement of Leave and License dated September 9, 2003 by and between Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.23* | | Lease Agreement dated August 16, 1998 by and between Pune Software Park Private Limited and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.24* | | Lease Agreement dated September 1, 1998 by and between Pune Software Park Private Limited and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.25* | | Lease Agreement dated September 1, 1998 by and between Pune Software Park Private Limited and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.26* | | Lease Agreement dated November 1, 1998 by and between Pune Software Technology Park Pvt. Ltd. and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.27* | | Lease Agreement dated November 1, 1998 by and between Pune Software Technology Park Pvt. Ltd. and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.28* | | Lease Deed dated December 15, 2003 by and between JVP Soft Private Limited and Kanbay Software (India) Private Limited. |
| 10.29* | | Lease Deed dated January 12, 2004 by and between JVP Soft Private Limited and Kanbay Software (India) Private Limited. |
| 10.30* | | Agreement dated September 25, 1997 by and between Software Technology Park Pvt. Ltd. and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.31* | | Agreement dated September 25, 1997 by and between Software Technology Park Pvt. Ltd. and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.32* | | Agreement dated September 25, 1997 by and between Software Technology Park Pvt. Ltd. and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.33* | | Extension of Lease Agreements by and between Pure Software Park Pvt. Ltd. and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 21.1* | | Subsidiaries of Kanbay. |
| 23.1 | | Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. |
| 23.2 | | Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. |
| 23.3* | | Consent of Winston & Strawn LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1). |
| 24.1 | | Power of Attorney (included on signature page). |
- *
- To be filed by amendment.
II-5
- (b)
- Financial Statement Schedules
The following financial statement schedule is a part of this registration statement and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of Kanbay:
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in thousands)
Years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003
Description
| | Balance at Beginning of Year
| | Charged to Costs and Expenses
| | Deduction
| | Balance at End of Year
|
---|
2001: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Valuation allowance for accounts receivable | | $ | 871 | | $ | 667 | | $ | (733 | ) | $ | 805 |
| Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets | | | 4,458 | | | 508 | | | — | | | 4,966 |
2002: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Valuation allowance for accounts receivable | | | 805 | | | 373 | | | (304 | ) | | 874 |
| Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets | | | 4,966 | | | — | | | (1,291 | ) | | 3,675 |
2003: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Valuation allowance for accounts receivable | | | 874 | | | (169 | ) | | (46 | ) | | 659 |
| Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets | | | 3,675 | | | — | | | (1,342 | ) | | 2,333 |
Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
Item 17. Undertakings
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initialbona fide offering thereof.
II-6
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on March 11, 2004.
| KANBAY INTERNATIONAL, INC. |
| By: | | /s/ RAYMOND J. SPENCER Raymond J. Spencer Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURES
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Raymond J. Spencer and William F. Weissman as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to the registration statement on Form S-1, and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying, and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
| | Title
| | Date
|
---|
| | | | |
/s/ RAYMOND J. SPENCER Raymond J. Spencer | | Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) | | March 11, 2004 |
/s/ WILLIAM F. WEISSMAN William F. Weissman | | Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal accounting and financial officer) | | March 11, 2004 |
/s/ DONALD R. CALDWELL Donald R. Caldwell | | Director | | March 11, 2004 |
/s/ CYPRIAN D'SOUZA Cyprian D'Souza | | Director | | March 11, 2004 |
/s/ MARK L. GORDON Mark L. Gordon | | Director | | March 11, 2004 |
| | | | |
II-7
/s/ KENNETH M. HARVEY Kenneth M. Harvey | | Director | | March 11, 2004 |
/s/ B. DOUGLAS MORRISS B. Douglas Morriss | | Director | | March 11, 2004 |
/s/ MICHAEL E. MIKOLAJCZYK Michael E. Mikolajczyk | | Director | | March 11, 2004 |
II-8
EXHIBIT INDEX
| Exhibit No.
| | Description
|
---|
| 1.1* | | Form of Underwriting Agreement. |
| 3.1 | | Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. |
| 3.2* | | Form of Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. |
| 3.3* | | Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. |
| 3.4 | | By-laws, as amended. |
| 3.5* | | Form of Amended and Restated By-laws. |
| 4.1* | | Specimen Common Stock Certificate. |
| 4.2* | | Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement. |
| 4.3* | | Recapitalization Agreement between Kanbay and certain of its stockholders. |
| 4.4 | | Class A Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated September 4, 2003 issued to Household Investment Funding, Inc. |
| 4.5 | | Warrant to Purchase Common Stock No. CA-002 dated September 14, 2000 issued to Household Investment Funding, Inc. |
| 4.6 | | Warrant to Purchase Preferred Stock dated September 14, 2000 issued to Co-Investment 2000 Fund L.P. |
| 4.7 | | Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Preferred Shares dated as of April 19, 2000 issued to Silicon Valley Bank. |
| 4.8 | | Warrant No. AD-1/Replacement to Purchase Warrant Stock and a New Warrant dated August 31, 2000 issued to MSIT Holdings, Inc. |
| 4.9* | | Warrant No. AD-2/Replacement to Purchase Warrant Stock and a New Warrant dated September 14, 2000 issued to Household Investment Funding, Inc. |
| 4.10 | | Warrant No. AD-4 to Purchase Warrant Stock and a New Warrant dated January 20, 2004 issued to MSIT Holdings, Inc. |
| 5.1* | | Opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP. |
| 10.1 | | Kanbay International 1998 Non-Qualified Option Plan. |
| 10.2* | | Kanbay International, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan. |
| 10.3* | | Kanbay International, Inc. 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. |
| 10.4* | | Severance Agreement between Kanbay and Raymond J. Spencer. |
| 10.5* | | Severance Agreement between Kanbay and William F. Weissman. |
| 10.6* | | Severance Agreement between Kanbay and Jean A. Cholka. |
| 10.7* | | Severance Agreement between Kanbay and Cyprian D'Souza. |
| 10.8* | | Severance Agreement between Kanbay and Shrihari Gokhale. |
| 10.9 | | Form of Indemnification Agreement. |
| 10.10 | | Consulting Agreement dated November 14, 1994 between Kanbay and Household International, Inc. |
| 10.11 | | Consulting Agreement dated July 28, 2000 between Kanbay and Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc. |
| | | |
| 10.12 | | Master Services Agreement dated February 20, 2004 between Kanbay and A.G. Edwards Technology Group, Inc. |
| 10.13 | | Loan and Security Agreement dated April 19, 2000 by and among Silicon Valley Bank, Kanbay LLC, Kanbay Incorporated, Kanbay Europe Ltd., Kanbay Australia Pty. Ltd., Megatec Pty. Ltd. and Kanbay HK Ltd. |
| 10.14 | | Loan Modification Agreement dated March 30, 2001 by and among Silicon Valley Bank, Kanbay International, Inc., Kanbay Incorporated, Kanbay Europe Ltd., Kanbay Australia Pty. Ltd., Megatec Pty. Ltd. and Kanbay HK Ltd. |
| 10.15 | | Loan Modification Agreement dated March 5, 2002 by and among Kanbay International, Inc., Kanbay Incorporated, Kanbay Europe Ltd., Kanbay Australia Pty. Ltd., Megatec Pty. Ltd., Kanbay HK Ltd. and Silicon Valley Bank. |
| 10.16 | | Loan Modification Agreement dated April 20, 2002 by and among Kanbay International, Inc., Kanbay Incorporated, Kanbay Europe Ltd., Kanbay Australia Pty. Ltd., Megatec Pty. Ltd., Kanbay HK Ltd. and Silicon Valley Bank. |
| 10.17 | | Third Modification Agreement dated September 9, 2003 by and among Silicon Valley Bank, Kanbay International, Inc., Kanbay Incorporated, Kanbay Europe Ltd., Kanbay Australia Pty. Ltd., Megatec Pty. Ltd. and Kanbay HK Ltd. |
| 10.18* | | Office Lease dated March 27, 1998 by and between American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago and Kanbay Incorporated. |
| 10.19* | | Lease Deed dated August 21, 2003 by and between JVP Soft Private Limited and Kanbay Software (India) Private Limited. |
| 10.20* | | Lease Deed dated September 29, 2003 by and between JVP Soft Private Limited and Kanbay Software (India) Private Limited. |
| 10.21* | | Agreement of Leave and License dated September 9, 2003 by and between Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.22* | | Agreement of Leave and License dated September 9, 2003 by and between Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.23* | | Lease Agreement dated August 16, 1998 by and between Pune Software Park Private Limited and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.24* | | Lease Agreement dated September 1, 1998 by and between Pune Software Park Private Limited and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.25* | | Lease Agreement dated September 1, 1998 by and between Pune Software Park Private Limited and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.26* | | Lease Agreement dated November 1, 1998 by and between Pune Software Technology Park Pvt. Ltd. and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.27* | | Lease Agreement dated November 1, 1998 by and between Pune Software Technology Park Pvt. Ltd. and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.28* | | Lease Deed dated December 15, 2003 by and between JVP Soft Private Limited and Kanbay Software (India) Private Limited. |
| 10.29* | | Lease Deed dated January 12, 2004 by and between JVP Soft Private Limited and Kanbay Software (India) Private Limited. |
| 10.30* | | Agreement dated September 25, 1997 by and between Software Technology Park Pvt. Ltd. and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| | | |
| 10.31* | | Agreement dated September 25, 1997 by and between Software Technology Park Pvt. Ltd. and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.32* | | Agreement dated September 25, 1997 by and between Software Technology Park Pvt. Ltd. and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 10.33* | | Extension of Lease Agreements by and between Pure Software Park Pvt. Ltd. and Kanbay Software (I) Pvt. Ltd. |
| 21.1* | | Subsidiaries of Kanbay. |
| 23.1 | | Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. |
| 23.2 | | Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. |
| 23.3* | | Consent of Winston & Strawn LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1). |
| 24.1 | | Power of Attorney (included on signature page). |
- *
- To be filed by amendment.
QuickLinks
Prospectus summaryThe offeringSummary historical consolidated financial dataRisk factorsSpecial note regarding forward-looking statementsIndustry dataUse of proceedsDividend policyCapitalizationDilutionSelected historical consolidated financial dataManagement's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operationsBusinessManagementCertain transactionsPrincipal and selling stockholdersDescription of capital stockShares eligible for future saleCertain material U.S. income tax consequences to non-U.S. holdersUnderwritingLegal mattersExpertsWhere you can find additional informationKanbay International, Inc.Kanbay International, Inc.Kanbay International, Inc. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)Kanbay International, Inc. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (dollars in thousands)Kanbay International, Inc. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (dollars in thousands)Kanbay International, Inc. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 (dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)SSS Holdings Corporation LimitedSSS Holdings Corporation Limited CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNTSSSS Holdings Corporation Limited CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF TOTAL RECOGNISED GAINS AND LOSSESSSS Holdings Corporation Limited CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETSSSS Holdings Corporation Limited CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTSPART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUSSCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (in thousands) Years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003SIGNATURESPOWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURESEXHIBIT INDEX